THERAPEUTIC AGENTS - I

Abstract: The present invention relates generally to chemical agents useful in the treatment and prophylaxis of protein kinase C (PKC) related conditions in mammals, including humans and primates, non-mammalian animals and avian species. More particularly, the present invention provides a chemical agent of the macrocyclic diterpene family obtainable from a member of the Euphorbiaceae family of plants or botanical or horticultural relatives thereof or derivatives or chemical analogues or chemically synthetic forms of the agents for use in the treatment or prophylaxis of PKC-related conditions in mammalian, animal and avian subjects. The subject chemical agents are also useful for modulating expression of genetic sequences including promotion and other regulatory sequences. The present invention further contemplates a method for the prophylaxis and/or treatment in mammalian, animal or avian subjects with PKC-related conditions by the topical or systemic administration of a macrocyclic diterpene obtainable from a member of the Euphorbiaceae family of plants or their botanical or horticultural derivatives or a derivative, chemical analogue or chemically synthetic form of the agent. The chemical agent of the present invention may be in the form of a purified compound, mixture of compounds, a precursor form of one or more of the compounds capable of chemical transformation into a therapeutically and/or genetically active agent or in the form of a chemical fraction, sub-fraction, preparation or extract of the plant.

Description: THERAPEUTIC AGENTS - 1 FIELD OF THE INVENTION The present invention relates generally to chemical agents useful in the treatment and prophylaxis of protein kinase C (PKC) related conditions in mammals, including humans and primates, non-mammalian animals and avian species. More particularly, the present invention provides a chemical agent of the macrocyclic diterpene family obtainable from a member of the Euphorbiaceae family of plants or botanical or horticultural relatives thereof or derivatives or chemical analogues or chemically synthetic forms of the agents for use in the treatment or prophylaxis of PKC-related conditions in mammalian, animal and avian subjects. The subject chemical agents are also useful for modulating expression of genetic sequences including promotion and other regulatory sequences. The present invention further contemplates a method for the prophylaxis and/or treatment in mammalian, animal or avian subjects with PKC-related conditions by the topical or systemic administration of a macrocyclic diterpene obtainable from a member of the Euphorbiaceae family of plants or their botanical or horticultural derivatives or a derivative, chemical analogue or chemically synthetic form of the agent. The chemical agent of the present invention may be in the form of a purified compound, mixture of compounds, a precursor form of one or more of the compounds capable of chemical transformation into a therapeutically and/or genetically active agent or in the form of a chemical fraction, sub-fraction, preparation or extract of the plant. BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION Bibliographic details of the publications referred to by author in this specification are collected at the end of the description. Reference to any prior art in this specification is not, and should not be taken as, an acknowledgment or any form of suggestion that this prior art forms part of the common general knowledge in Australia or any other country. Natural product screening is a term applied to the screening of natural environments for bioactive molecules. Particularly sought after bioactive molecules are those having potential as useful therapeutic agents. Natural environments include plants, microorganisms, coral and marine animals. The search for potential therapeutic agents for the treatment of cancer and infection by pathogenic organisms remains an important focus. The Euphorbiaceae family of plants covers a wide variety of plants including weeds of Euphorbia species. There have been a variety of inconclusive reports on the potential effects of the sap of these plants on a variety of conditions as well as promoting tumorigenesis and causing skin and ocular irritation. The most intensively studied species of this group is Euphorbia pilulifera L (synonyms E. hirta L., E. capitata Lam.), whose common names include pill-bearing spurge, snakeweed, cat's hair, Queensland asthma weed and flowery-headed spurge. The plant is widely distributed in tropical countries, including India, and in Northern Australia, including Queensland. A recent report describes selective cytotoxicity of a number of tiglilane diterpene esters from the latex of Euphorbia poisonii, a highly toxic plant found in Northern Nigeria, which is used as a garden pesticide. One of these compounds has a selective cytotoxicity for the human kidney carcinoma cell line A-498 more than 10,000 times greater than that of adriamycin (Fatope et al, 1996). Euphorbia hirta plants and extracts thereof have been considered for a variety of purposes, including tumor therapy (EP 0 330 094), AIDS-related complex and AIDS (HU-208790) and increasing immunity and as an anti-fungoid agent for treatment of open wounds (DE- 4102054). Thus, while there are isolated reports of anti-cancer activity of various Euphorbia preparations (see Fatope et al, 1996; Oksuz et al, 1996), not only are the compounds present in at least one Euphorbia species reported to be carcinogenic (Evans and Osman, 1974; Stavric and Stolz, 1976; Hecker, 1970), but at least one species has a skin-irritant and tumor-promoting effect (Gundidz et al, 1993) and another species reduces EBV- specific cellular immunity in Burkitt's lymphoma (hnai, 1994). In accordance with the present invention, the inventors have identified chemical agents and fractions comprising these agents which are useful in the treatment and prophylaxis of SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION Throughout this specification, unless the context requires otherwise, the word "comprise", or variations such as "comprises" or "comprising", will be understood to imply the inclusion of a stated element or integer or group of elements or integers but not the exclusion of any other element or integer or group of elements or integers. The present invention is predicated in part on the identification of chemical agents and fractions comprising same from plants of the Euphorbiaceae family which are useful in the treatment and prophylaxis of infection by pathogenic, potentially pathogenic and opportunistic organisms. Such organisms include prokaryotes, eukaryotes and viruses. The inventors have further identified that the chemical agents of the present invention are capable of modulating protein kinase C (PKC) activity thus providing a basis for the treatment of conditions where PKC activity is required to be up-regulated or down- regulated. Accordingly, one aspect of the present invention contemplates a method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a condition associated with the presence of a biological entity or part thereof or a toxin or venom therefrom or a genetic event caused thereby in a subject, said method comprising the administration to said subject of a symptom-ameliorating effective amount of a chemical agent obtainable from a plant of the Euphorbiaceae family or a derivative or chemical analogue thereof which chemical agent is a macrocyclic diterpene selected from compounds of the ingenane, pepluane and jatrophane families and which chemical agent or derivative or chemical analogue as represented by any one of the general formulae (I) - (V) as defined herein and which chemical agent or derivative or chemical analogue thereof is capable of modulating PKC activity, PKC-dependent gene expression or PKC enzyme turnover and wherein said chemical agent or its derivatives or chemical analogues is administered for a time and under conditions sufficient to ameliorate one or more symptoms associated with said biological entity. Yet another aspect of the present invention contemplates a method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a microbial infection in a subject, said method comprismg the administration to said subject of a symptom-ameliorating effective amount of a macrocyclic diterpene, or a chemical fraction comprising same from a plant of the family Euphorbiaceae or a derivative or chemical analogue of said macrocyclic diterpene having the structures as defined above wherein said macrocyclic diterpene or its derivative or chemical analogue modulates PKC activity, synthesis or enzyme turnover, said administration being for a time and under conditions sufficient to ameliorate one or more symptoms of the infection. Still another aspect of the present invention provides a method for the treatment or prophylaxis of an infection by a lower eukaryotic organism in a subject, said method comprising the administration to said subject of a symptom-ameliorating effective amount of a macrocyclic diterpene or chemical fraction comprising same from a plant of the family Euphorbiaceae or a derivative or chemical analogue of said macrocyclic diterpene having the structures as defined above wherein said macrocyclic diterpene or its derivative or chemical analogue modulates PKC activity, synthesis or enzyme turnover, said administration being for a time and under conditions sufficient to ameliorate one or more symptoms of the infection. Still yet another aspect of the present invention provide a method for the treatment or prophylaxis of an infection by a complex eukaryotic organism in a subject, said method comprising the administration to said subject of a symptom-ameliorating effective amount of a macrocyclic diterpene, or a chemical fraction comprising same from a plant of the family Euphorbiaceae or a derivative or chemical analogue of said macrocyclic diterpene having the structures as defined above wherein said macrocyclic diterpene or its derivative or chemical analogue modulates PKC activity, synthesis or enzyme turnover, said administration being for a time and under conditions sufficient to ameliorate one or more symptoms of the infection. Even yet another aspect of the present invention provide a method for the treatment or prophylaxis of an infection by a virus in a subject, said method comprising the administration to said subject of a symptom-ameliorating effective amount of a macrocyclic diterpene, or a chemical fraction comprising same from a plant of the family Euphorbiaceae or a derivative or chemical analogue of said macrocyclic diterpene having the structures as defined above wherein said macrocyclic diterpene or its derivative or chemical analogue modulates PKC activity, synthesis or enzyme turnover, said administration being for a time and under conditions sufficient to ameliorate one or more symptoms of the infection. A further aspect of the present invention contemplates a method of assessing the suitability of a chemical agent from Euphorbiaceae for the practice of the present invention. Numerical values are assigned to chemical agents including fractions comprismg the chemical agents as set forth, for example, in Table A:- TABLE A Another aspect of the present invention contemplates a method for the treatment or prophylaxis of infection or colonization or presence of a biological entity in a subject, said method comprismg administration to said subject of a symptom-ameliorating effective amount of a macrocyclic diterpene obtainable from a Euphorbiaceae plant or its botanical or horticultural relative, said macrocyclic diterpene being selected from an ingenane, pepluane or jatrophane, or a derivative or chemical analogue thereof, having the structure represented by any one of the general formulae (I) - (V) as defined below and wherein said chemical agent exhibits a potency of agent (PA) of >10, wherein the PA = ∑Iv where Iγ is a numerical value associated with a particular feature as defined in Table A or pharmaceutically acceptable salts of these, said chemical agent being administered for a time and under conditions sufficient to ameliorate at least one symptom caused by or associated with the biological entity. Yet another aspect of the present invention contemplates a computer program product for assessing the likely usefulness of a candidate compound or group of compounds for treating or preventing infection or colonization or presence of a biological entity in a subject, said product comprising:- (1) code that receives as input index values for at least two features associated with said compound(s), wherein said features are selected from: (a) the ability to modulate PKC activity or effect; (b) the ability to induce bipolar dendritic activity; (c) the ability to be derived from a member of the Euphorbiaceae family; (d) the ability to be derived from E. peplus; (e) the ability to be water extractable from the sap of a Euphorbia species; or (f) the ability to activate latent virus; (g) less tumor promoting capacity than TPA or PMA; (2) code that adds said index values to provide a sum corresponding to a potency value for said compound(s); and (3) a computer readable medium that stores the codes. Still another aspect of the present invention extends to a computer for assessing the likely usefulness of a candidate compound or group of compounds for treating or preventing infection or colonization or presence of a biological entity in a subject, wherein said computer comprises:- (1) a machine-readable data storage medium comprising a data storage material encoded with machine-readable data, wherem said machine-readable data comprise index values for at least two features associated with said compound(s), wherein said features are selected from: (a) the ability to modulate PKC activity or effect; (b) the ability to induce bipolar dendritic activity; (c) the ability to be derived from a member of the Euphorbiaceae family; (d) the ability to be derived from E. peplus; (e) the ability to be water extractable from the sap of a Euphorbia species; or (f) the ability to activate latent virus; (g) less tumor promoting capacity than TP A or PMA; (2) a working memory for storing instructions for processing said machine-readable data; (3) a central-processing unit coupled to said working memory and to said machine- readable data storage medium, for processing said machine readable data to provide a sum of said index values corresponding to a potency value for said compound(s); and (4) an output hardware coupled to said central processing unit, for receiving said potency value. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES Figure 1 shows the activation of PKC, using a fluorescent peptide assay ("PepTag" non- radioactive protein kinase kit, Promega). Lane 1, PKC and substrate alone; lane 2, plus positive control activator; lane 3, plus 100 ng/ml TPA; lane 4, plus 0.1 ng/ml TPA; lane 5, plus 0.01 ng/ml TPA; lane 6, plus 0.001 ng/ml TPA; lane 7, ether extract of E. peplus sap in DEM, diluted 1 in 5; lane 8, aqueous layer from ether extraction, diluted 1/25; lane 9, crude sap diluted 1/25; lane 10, DME alone. Figure 2 shows the activation of PKC by E. peplus fractions. Lanes 1 and 2, same as Figure 1; lane 3, 2 mg/ml fraction H; lane 4, 2 mg/ml ingenanes. Figure 3 is photographic representation showing the results of a PKC assay using rat brain PKC. Lane 1, negative control; lane 2, positive control; lane 3, empty; lane 4, PEP001 (1/125 dilution), lane 5, PEP001 (1/500 dilution) and lane 6, TPA (20 μg). Figure 4 is a photographic representation showing the activation of PKC in MM96L cells expressing PKC fused to green fluorescent protein (GFP). (A) PK 3 expressed in the nuclei of MM96L human melanoma PKC MM96L cells in the absence of drug. (B) After treatment with crude E. peplus extract for 2 hr. Figure 5 is a photographic representation showing induction of translocation of activated PKCs by the compounds of the instant invention to the cytoplasm, plasma membrane and to the Golgi or similarly located cellular structure. Figure 6 is a graphical representation showing the induction of translation of the classical and novel PKC isoforms in response to PEP003, PEP005, bryostatin-1 and TPA. Figure 7 is a graphical representation showing the activation of HIV from UI cells. Figure 8 is a graphical representation showing treatment of lytic HIV infection of peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMC) with PEP003, PEP004, TPA and ingenol, expressed as p24 production over a 10 day treatment period. (A) Uninfected cells, (B) low titer infected cells, (C) low titer infected cells represented as p24 production versus drug concentration, (D) same as (C) but high titer infection. Figure 9 is a photographic representation showing the recruitment of neutrophils in the skin induced by PEP001 extract. (A) Normal skin of nude mouse. (B) Skin of nude mouse showing infiltration of neutrophils one day after treatment with E. peplus sap. Figure 10 is a photographic representation showing effect of PEPOIO onrecruitment of neutrophils in normal skin of nude mouse and skin overlying subcutaneously implanted B16 melanoma. (A) 24 hr treatment, (B) 48 hr treatment. Figure 11 is a graphical representation illustrating the ability of PEP001 to induce the release of superoxide radical, as demonstrated by fluorescence-activated cell sorting. Figure 12 is a graphical representation showing the effect of pre-treatment of leukocytes with PEP003 on E. coli activity (16 hr incubation), relative to PBS control; depicted as numbers of E. coli cells/ml media. Figure 13 is a graphical representation showing the effect of pre-treatment of leukocytes with PEP003 on E. coli numbers depicted in terms of turbidity. Figure 14 is a photographic representation showing production of viral capsid antigen (VCA) in B95-8 (EBV+ Marmoset cell line) after treatment with TPA, PEP003 and PEP004 for 3 and 7 days. Figure 15 is a photographic representation showing production of viral capsid antigen (VCA) in BL74 and Mutu I (Burkitts lymphoma cell lines) after treatment with TPA, PEP003 and PEP004 for 3 and 7 days. Figure 16 is a photographic representation showing production of BZLF1 (the initial transactivator of EBV) after treatment with TPA, PEP003 and PEP004 for 3 and 7 days. Figure 17 is a graphical representation showing activation of natural killer cell activity, assayed as % specific lysis of K562 cells (a natural killer - sensitive cell line) after pre- treatment of AO2-M melanoma cells with PEP003 and TPA. Figure 18 is a graphical representation showing survival of Jam cells after treatment with saps from the Euphorbiaceae, expressed as percentage cell survival determined by sulfurhodamine B staining of cells. Figure 19 is a diagrammatic representation of a system used to carry out the instructions encoded by the storage medium of Figures 9 and 10. Figure 20 is a diagrammatic representation of a cross-section of a magnetic storage medium. Figure 21 is a diagrammatic representation of a cross-section of an optically readable data storage system. Compounds may be referred to in the subject specification by a compound code. These are defined as below:- TABLE OF COMPOUND CODES DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE PREFERRED EMBODIMENTS The present invention is predicated in part on the identification of biologically useful properties of chemical agents and chemical fractions comprising these agents obtainable from a member of the Euphorbiaceae family of plants or their botanical or horticultural relatives. These biologically useful properties include their use in the prophylaxis and/or treatment of infection, colonization or presence of a particular pathological entity or potential pathological entity or an entity capable of opportunistic infection or colomzation in a particular subject as well as the amelioration of symptoms associated with or produced from such an entity. The term "treatment" is used in its broadest sense and includes the prevention of infection or growth of an entity to pathological levels, the inhibition in growth or reduction in levels of an entity from pathological levels to asymptomatic levels or to levels in between as well as facilitating the amelioration of the effects of symptoms of infection, colonization or presence of an entity. The term "prophylaxis" is also used herein in its broadest sense to encompass a reduction in the risk of development of infection, colonization or presence of an entity to pathological levels. In certain conditions, an agent may act to treat a subject prophylactically. Furthermore, the prophylactic administration of an agent may result in the agent becoming involved in the treatment of a pathological condition. Use of the terms "treatment" or "prophylaxis" is not to be taken as limiting the intended result which is to reduce the incidence of infection, colonization or presence of a pathological entity, a potentially pathogenic entity or an entity capable of opportunistic infection, colonization or presence or to reduce the effects and/or to ameliorate the symptoms or risk of development of symptoms caused or facilitated by the infection, colomzation or presence of the entity. Furthermore, the symptoms of a pathological condition induced or facilitated by the infection, colonization or presence of a particular entity may be due to the entity itself or to a toxin, membrane-associated moiety, a soluble or releasable moiety, venom or other molecule associated with the entity. The treatment and prophylaxis of the condition extends, therefore, to the treatment or prophylaxis of such extraneous factors which may persist after the entity has been removed or lowered to non-pathological-causing levels. The present invention is particularly directed to the use of one or more macrocyclic diterpenes from a member of the Euphorbiaceae family of plants or botanical or horticultural relatives of such plants. Reference herein to a member of the Euphorbiaceae family includes reference to species from the genera Acalypha, Acidoton, Actinostemon, Adelia, Adenocline, Adenocrepis, Adenophaedra, Adisca, Agrostistachys, Alchornea, Alchorneopsis, Alcinaeanthus, Alcoceria, Aleurites, Amanoa, Andrachne, Angostyles, Anisophyllum, Antidesma, Aphora, Aporosa, Aporosella, Argythamnia, Astrococcus, Astrogyne, Baccanrea, Baliospermum, Bernardia, Beyeriopsis, Bischofia, Blachia, Blumeodondron, Bonania, Bradleia, Breynia, Breyniopsis, Briedelia, Buraeavia, Caperonia, Caryodendron, Celianella, Cephalocroton, Chaenotheca, Chaetocarpus, Chamaesyce, Cheilosa, Chiropetalum, Choriophyllum, Cicca, Chaoxylon, Cleidon, Cleistanthus, Cluytia, Cnesmone, Cnidoscolus, Coccoceras, Codiaeum, Coelodiscus, Conami, Conceveiba, Conceveibastrum, Conceveϊbum, Corythea, Croizatia, Croton, Crotonopsis, Crozophora, Cubanthus, Cunuria, Dactylostemon, Dalechampia, Dendrocousinsia, Diaspersus, Didymocistus, Dimorphocalyx, Discocarpus, Ditaxis, Dodecastingma, Drypetes, Dysopsis, Elateriospermum, Endadenium, Endospermum, Erismanthus, Erythrocarpus, Erythrochilus, Eumecanthus, Euphorbia, Euphorbiodendron, Excoecaria, Flueggea, Calearia, Garcia, Gavarretia, Gelonium, Giara, Givotia, Glochidion, Clochidionopsis, Glycydendron, Gymnanthes, Gymnosparia, Haematospermum, Hendecandra, Hevea, Hieronima, Hieronyma, Hippocrepandra, Homalanthus, Hymenocardia, Janipha, Jatropha, Julocroton, Lasiocroton, Leiocarpus, Leonardia, Lepidanthus, Leucocroton, Mabea, Macaranga, Mallotus, Manihot, Mappa, Maprounea, Melanthesa, Mercurialis, Mettenia, Micrandra, Microdesmis, Microelus, Microstachy, Maocroton, Monadenium, Mozinna, Neoscortechinia, Omalanthus, Omphalea, Ophellantha, Orbicularia, Ostodes, Oxydectes, Palenga, Pantadenia, Paradrypeptes, Pausandra, Pedilanthus, Per a, Peridium, Petalostigma, Phyllanthus, Picrodendro, Pierardia, Pilinophytum, Pimeleodendron, Piranhea, Platygyna, Plukenetia, Podocalyx, Poinsettia, Poraresia, Prosartema, Pseudanthus, Pycnocoma, Quadrasia, Reverchonia, Richeria, Richeriella, Ricinella, Ricinocarpus, Rottlera, Sagotia, Sanwithia, Sapium, Savia, Sclerocroton, Sebastiana, Securinega, Senefeldera, Senefilderopsis, Serophyton, Siphonia, Spathiostemon, Spixia, Stillingia, Strophioblachia, Synadenium, Tetracoccus, Tetraplandra, Tetrorchidium, Thyrsanthera, Tithymalus, Trageia, Trewia, Trigonostemon, Tyria and Xylophylla. The most preferred genus and most suitable for the practice of the present invention is the genus Euphorbia. Particularly useful species of this genus include Euphorbia aaron-rossii, Euphorbia abbreviata, Euphorbia acuta, Euphorbia alatocaulis, Euphorbia albicaulis, Euphorbia algomarginata, Euphorbia aliceae, Euphorbia alta, Euphorbia anacampseros, Euphorbia andromedae, Euphorbia angusta, Euphorbia anthonyi, Euphorbia antiguensis, Euphorbia apocynifolia, Euphorbia arabica, Euphorbia ariensis, Euphorbia arizonica, Euphorbia arkansana, Euphorbia arteagae, Euphorbia arundelana, Euphorbia astroites, Euphorbia atrococca, Euphorbia baselicis, Euphorbia batabanensis, Euphorbia bergeri, Euphorbia bermudiana, Euphorbia bicolor, Euphorbia biformis, Euphorbia bifurcata, Euphorbia bilobata, Euphorbia biramensis, Euphorbia biuncialis, Euphorbia blepharostipula, Euphorbia blodgetti, Euphorbia boerhaavioides, Euphorbia boliviana, Euphorbia bracei, Euphorbia brachiata, Euphorbia brachycera, Euphorbia brandegee, Euphorbia brittonii, Euphorbia caesia, Euphorbia calcicola, Euphorbia campestris, Euphorbia candelabrum, Euphorbia capitellata, Euphorbia carmenensis, Euphorbia carunculata, Euphorbia cayensis, Euphorbia celastroides, Euphorbia chalicophila, Euphorbia chamaerrhodos, Euphorbia chamaesula, Euphorbia chiapensis, Euphorbia chiogenoides, Euphorbia cinerascens, Euphorbia clarionensis, Euphorbia colimae, Euphorbia colorata, Euphorbia commutata, Euphorbia consoquitlae, Euphorbia convolvuloides, Euphorbia corallifera, Euphorbia creberrima, Euphorbia crenulata, Euphorbia cubensis, Euphorbia cuspidata, Euphorbia cymbiformis, Euphorbia darlingtonii, Euphorbia defoliata, Euphorbia degeneri, Euphorbia deltoidea, Euphorbia dentata, Euphorbia depressa Euphorbia dictyosperma, Euphorbia dictyosperma, Euphorbia dioeca, Euphorbia discoidalis, Euphorbia dorsiventralis, Euphorbia drumondii, Euphorbia duclouxii, Euphorbia dussii, Euphorbia eanophylla, Euphorbia eggersii, Euphorbia eglandulosa, Euphorbia elata, Euphorbia enalla, Euphorbia eriogonoides, Euphorbia eriophylla, Euphorbia esculaeformis, Euphorbia espirituensis, Euphorbia esula, Euphorbia excisa, Euphorbia exclusa, Euphorbia exstipitata, Euphorbia exstipulata, Euphorbia fendleri, Euphorbia filicaulis, Euphorbia filiformis, Euphorbia florida, Euphorbia fruticulosa, Euphorbia garber, Euphorbia gaumerii, Euphorbia gerardiana, Euphorbia geyeri, Euphorbia glyptosperma, Euphorbia gorgonis, Euphorbia gracilior, Euphorbia gracillima, Euphorbia gradyi, Euphorbia graminea, Euphorbia graminiea Euphorbia grisea, Euphorbia guadalajarana, Euphorbia guanarensis, Euphorbia gymnadenia, Euphorbia haematantha, Euphorbia hedyotoides, Euphorbia heldrichii, Euphorbia helenae, Euphorbia helleri, Euphorbia helwigii, Euphorbia henricksonii, Euphorbia heterophylla, Euphorbia hexagona, Euphorbia hexagonoides, Euphorbia hinkleyorum, Euphorbia hintonii, Euphorbia hirtula, Euphorbia hirta, Euphorbia hooveri, Euphorbia humistrata, Euphorbia hypericifolia, Euphorbia inundata, Euphorbia involuta, Euphorbia jaliscensis, Euphorbia jejuna, Euphorbia Johnston, Euphorbia juttae, Euphorbia knuthii, Euphorbia lasiocarpa, Euphorbia lata, Euphorbia latazi, Euphorbia latericolor, Euphorbia laxiβora Euphorbia lecheoides, Euphorbia ledienii, Euphorbia leucophylla, Euphorbia lineata, Euphorbia linguiformis, Euphorbia longecornuta, Euphorbia longepetiolata, Euphorbia longeramosa, Euphorbia longinsulicola, Euphorbia longipila, Euphorbia lupulina, Euphorbia lurida, Euphorbia lycioides, Euphorbia macropodoides, macvaughiana, Euphorbia' manca, Euphorbia mandoniana, Euphorbia mangleti, Euphorbia mango, Euphorbia marylandica, Euphorbia mayana, Euphorbia melanadenia, Euphorbia melanocarpa, Euphorbia meridensis, Euphorbia mertonii, Euphorbia mexiae, Euphorbia microcephala, Euphorbia microclada, Euphorbia micromera, Euphorbia misella, Euphorbia missurica, Euphorbia montana, Euphorbia montereyana, Euphorbia multicaulis, Euphorbia multiformis, Euphorbia multinodis, Euphorbia multiseta, Euphorbia muscicola, Euphorbia neomexicana, Euphorbia nephradenia, Euphorbia niqueroana, Euphorbia oaxacana, Euphorbia occidentalis, Euphorbia odontodenia, Euphorbia olivacea, Euphorbia olowaluana, Euphorbia opthalmica, Euphorbia ovata, Euphorbia pachypoda, Euphorbia pachyrhiza, Euphorbia padifolia, Euphorbia palmeri, Euphorbia paludicola, Euphorbia parciflora, Euphorbia parishii, Euphorbia parryi, Euphorbia paxiana, Euphorbia pediculifera, Euphorbia peplidion, Euphorbia peploides, Euphorbia peplus, Euphorbia pergamena, Euphorbia perlignea, Euphorbia petaloidea, Euphorbia petaloidea, Euphorbia petrina, Euphorbia picachensis, Euphorbia pϊlosula, Euphorbia pilulifera, Euphorbia pinariona, Euphorbia pinetorum, Euphorbia pionosperma, Euphorbia platysperma, Euphorbia plicata, Euphorbia poeppigii, Euphorbia poliosperma, Euphorbia polycarpa, Euphorbia polycnemoides, Euphorbia polyphylla, Euphorbia portoricensis, Euphorbia portulacoides Euphorbia portulana, Euphorbia preslii, Euphorbia prostrata, Euphorbia pteroneura, Euphorbia pycnanthema, Euphorbia ramosa, Euphorbia rapulum, Euphorbia remyi, Euphorbia retroscabra, Euphorbia revoluta, Euphorbia rivularis, Euphorbia robusta, Euphorbia romosa, Euphorbia rubida, Euphorbia rubrosperma, Euphorbia rupicola, Euphorbia sanmartensis, Euphorbia saxatilis M. Bieb, Euphorbia schizoloba, Euphorbia sclerocyathium, Euphorbia scopulorum, Euphorbia senilis, Euphorbia serpyllifolia, Euphorbia serrula, Euphorbia setiloba Engelm, Euphorbia sonorae, Euphorbia soobyi, Euphorbia sparsiflora, Euphorbia sphaerosperma, Euphorbia syphilitica, Euphorbia spruceana, Euphorbia subcoerulea, Euphorbia stellata, Euphorbia submammilaris, Euphorbia subpeltata, Euphorbia subpubens, Euphorbia subreniforme, Euphorbia subtrifoliata, Euphorbia succedanea, Euphorbia tamaulipasana, Euphorbia telephioides, Euphorbia tenuissima, Euphorbia tetrapora, Euphorbia tirucalli, Euphorbia tomentella, Euphorbia tomentosa, Euphorbia torralbasii, Euphorbia tovariensis, Euphorbia trachysperma, Euphorbia tricolor, Euphorbia troyana, Euphorbia tuerckheimii, Euphorbia turczaninowii, Euphorbia umbellulata, Euphorbia undulata, Euphorbia vermiformis, Euphorbia versicolor, Euphorbia villifera, Euphorbia violacea, Euphorbia whitei, Euphorbia xanti Engelm, Euphorbia xylopoda Greenm., Euphorbia yayalesia Urb., Euphorbia yungasensis, Euphorbia zeravschanica and Euphorbia zinniiflora. Particularly preferred species of the genus Synadenium include Synadenium grantii and Synadenium compactum. Particularly preferred species of the genus Monadenium include Monadenium lugardae and Monadenium guentheri. A preferred species of the genus Endadenium is Endadenium gossweileni. Euphorbia peplus is particularly useful in the practice of the present invention. Reference herein to "Euphorbia peplus "or its abbreviation "E. peplus " includes various varieties, strains, lines, hybrids or derivatives of this plant as well as its botanical or horticultural relatives. Furthermore, the present invention may be practiced using a whole Euphorbiaceae plant or parts thereof including sap or seeds or other reproductive material may be used. Generally, for seeds or reproductive material to be used, a plant or plantlet is first required to be propagated. Reference herein to a Euphorbiaceae plant, a Euphorbia species or E. peplus further encompasses genetically modified plants. Genetically modified plants include trangenic plants or plants in which a trait has been removed or where an endogenous gene sequence has been down-regulated, mutated or otherwise altered including the alteration or introduction of genetic material which exhibits a regulatory effect on a particular gene. Consequently, a plant which exhibits a character not naturally present in a Euphorbiaceae plant or a species of Euphorbia or in E. peplus is nevertheless encompassed by the present invention and is included within the scope of the above-mentioned terms. The macrocyclic diterpenes are generally in extracts of the Euphorbiaceae plants. An extract may comprise, therefore, sap or liquid or semi-liquid material exuded from, or present in, leaves, stem, flowers, seeds, bark or between the bark and the stem. Most preferably, the extract is from sap. Furthermore, the extract may comprise liquid or semi- liquid material located in fractions extracted from sap, leaves, stems, flowers, bark or other plant material of the Euphoriaceae plant. For example, plant material may be subject to physical manipulation to disrupt plant fibres and extracellular matrix material and inter- and intra-tissue extracted into a solvent including an aqueous environment. All such sources of the macrocyclic diterpenes are encompassed by the present invention including macrocyclic diterpenes obtained by synthetic routes. The preferred macrocyclic diterpenes are selected from compounds of the ingenane, pepluane and jatrophane families. A compound is stated to be a member of the ingenane, pepulane or jatrophane families on the basis of chemical structure and/or chemical or physical properties. A compound which is a derivative of an ingenane, pepluane or jatrophane is nevertheless encompassed by the present invention through use of the terms "ingenane", "pepluane" or "jatrophane" since these terms include derivatives, chemical analogues and chemically synthetic forms of these families of compounds. One particularly preferred derivative is an angeloyl derivative of ingenane. The preferred chemical agent of the present invention is one which exhibits an effect on a protein kinase C (PKC) enzyme. Such an effect may be a direct activation or inhibition of PKC activity or a direct effect on the levels of PKC enzyme in a cell or exported from a cell. Furthermore, the effect may be transitory or may involve an initial activation of PKC activity or PKC enzyme synthesis or induction of a functional conformation followed by a down-regulation of PKC activity, enzyme levels or formation of a deactivated conformation. Consequently, an effect on PKC is regarded herein as a modulatory effect and is conveniently determined by consequential events such as resulting from altered signal transduction. For example, activation of latent virus, activation of immune mechanisms or activation of a gene promoter may occur and this is regarded herein as a modulatory effect on PKC. The chemical agents of the present invention may be in purified or isolated form meaning that the preparation is substantially devoid of other compounds or contaminating agents other than diluent, solvent or carrier or isoforms of the agents. Furthermore, the term "chemical agent" includes preparations of two or more compounds either admixed together or co-purified from a particular source. The chemical agent may also be a chemical fraction, extract or other preparation from the Euphorbiaceace plant. Consequently, reference herein to a "chemical agent" includes a purified form of one or more compounds or a chemical fraction or extract such as from the sap of a Euphorbiaceace plant, and in particular a species of Euphorbia, and most preferably from E. peplus or botanical or horticultural relatives or variants thereof. Accordingly, one aspect of the present invention contemplates a method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a condition associated with the presence of a biological entity or part thereof or a toxin or venom therefrom or a genetic event caused thereby in a subject, said method comprising the administration to said subject of a symptom-ameliorating effective amount of a chemical agent obtainable from a plant of the Euphorbiaceae family or a derivative or chemical analogue thereof which chemical agent is a macrocyclic diterpene selected from compounds of the ingenane, pepluane and jatrophane families and which chemical agent or derivative or chemical analogue is represented by any one of the general formulae (I) - (V) wherein: n is 0-10 atoms selected from carbon, oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, phosphorus, silicon, boron, arsenic and selenium, wherem the ring defined by said atoms is saturated or unsaturated, including epoxides and thioepoxides; A-T are independently selected from hydrogen, R 1} R 2 , R 3 , F, Cl, Br, I, CN, ORi, SRi, NRiR 2 , N(0) , NR 1 OR 2 , ONRjR , SOR b SO 2 R 1; SO3R1, SONR 1 R 2 , SO 2 NR!R 2 , SO 3 N .!R 2 , P(R 3 , P(=O)(Rι) 3 , Si(Rι) 3 , B(Rj) 2 , (C=X)R 3 or X(C=X)R 3 where X is selected from sulfur, oxygen and nitrogen; Ri and R 2 are each independently selected from C 1 -C 20 alkyl (branched and/or straight chained), -C20 arylalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 6 -C 14 aryl, -Cu heteroaryl, C 1 -C1 4 heterocycle, C -C 10 alkenyl (branched and/or straight chained), C 2 -C 10 alkynyl (branched and/or straight chained), Ci- o heteroarylalkyl, -C 10 alkoxyalkyl, C 1 -C1 0 haloalkyl, dihaloalkyl, trihaloalkyl, haloalkoxy, C1-C10 [CN, ORi, SRi, NR 1 R 2 , N(=O) 2 , NRιOR 2 , ONRiR 2 , SORi, SO2R1, SO3R1, SONR 1 R 2 , SO 2 NRiR 2 , SO 3 NRiR 2 , P(Rι) 3 , P(=O)(R 3 , Si(Rι) 3 , B(Rι) 2 ]alkyl; R 3 is selected from Ri, R 2 , CN, CORi, CO2R1, ORi, SRi, NRiR 2 , N(=O) 2 , NR 1 OR 2 , ONRiR 2 , SORi, SO 2 R b SO3R1, SONR 1 R 2 , SO 2 NR 1 R 2 , SO 3 NR!R 2 , P(Rι) 3 , A connected to B (or C), D (or E), R (or Q), P (or O) or S (or T) is a selection of -Cs disubstituted (fused) saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic rings further substituted by R 3 , (C=X)R 3 and X(C=X)R 3 , including epoxides and thioepoxides; J connected to I (or H), G (or F), K (or L), M (or N) or S (or T) is a selection of Ci-C δ disubstituted (fused) saturated and unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic rings further substituted by R 3 , (C=X)R 3 and X(C=X)R 3 , including epoxides and thioepoxides; D (or E) connected to B (or C) or G (or F); I (or H) connected to G (or F); P (or O) connected to R (or Q) or M (or N); K (or L) connected to N (or M) is a selection of d-C 8 disubstituted (fused) saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic rings substituted by R 3 , (C=X)R 3 and X(C=X)R 3 , including epoxides and thioepoxides; B and C, D and E, R and Q_, P and O, I and H, G and F, K and L, M and N or S and T are =X where X is selected from sulfur, oxygen, nitrogen, NRiR 2 , and =CRiR 2 wherein: n is 0-10 atoms selected from carbon, oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, phosphorus, silicon, boron, arsenic and selenium, wherein the ring defined by said atoms is saturated or unsaturated, including epoxides and thioepoxides; A - are independently selected from hydrogen, R^ R 5 , Rg, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, COR 4 , CO 2 R 4 , OR^ SR 4 , NR 4 R 5 , CONR 4 R 5 , N(=O) 2 , ^ORs, ONR^s, SOR 4 , SO 2 R4, SO 3 R4, SONRiR,, SO 2 NR4R 5 , SO 3 NR4R 5 , P(R4) 3 , P(=O)(R4) 3 , Si^, B(R4) 2 , (C=X)R 6 or X(C=X)R 6 where X is selected from sulfur, oxygen and nitrogen; R 4 and R 5 are each independently selected from C 1 -C 20 alkyl (branched and/or straight chained), C 1 -C 20 arylalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 6 -C 1 aryl, -CH heteroaryl, Ci-C 14 heterocycle, C 2 -C 10 alkenyl (branched and/or straight chained), C 2 -C 10 alkynyl (branched and/or straight chained), Cr o heteroarylalkyl, Ci-Cio alkoxyalkyl, -Cio haloalkyl, dihaloalkyl, trihaloalkyl, haloalkoxy, Ci-Cio [CN, O^, SR 4 , NP^Rs, N(=O) 2 , N^ORs, ONR 4 R 5 , SOR 4 , SO2R4, SO^, SO RiRs, SO 2 NR4R 5 , SO 3 NR4R 5 , P(R4)3, P(=O)(R 4 ) 3 , Si(R4) 3 , B(R 4 ) 2 ]alkyl; Re is selected from R4, R 5 , CN, COR.J, CO 2 R 4 , OR 4 , SR4, NR4R5, N(=O) 2 , NR4θR 5 , ON^Rs, SOR4, SO 2 R4, SO3R4, SONR4R5, SU2NR4R5, SO 3 NR 4 R 5 , P(P ) 3 , P(=O)(R4) 3 , Si^^^^),; F£ and R or IT and 01 is a C 2 -C 8 saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring system further substituted by Re, including epoxides and thioepoxides; 0 connected to Ml (or W or Ql (or F); l connected to Ql (or F) or SI (or TI); SI (or H) connected to Al (or B_l); Al (or B_l) connected to C (or Dl); El connected to Cl (or D_l) or F (or G_l); HI connected to F; F connected to Jl; J_l connected to Kl; Kl connected to LI; LI connected to Ml (or N_l) are -Cs disubstituted (fused) saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring systems further substituted by R 6 , (C=X)R 6 and X(C=X)R 6 , including epoxides and thioepoxides; Al, B_l and Cl, Dl and F, Gl and Ml, NI and F, Ql and SI, TI are =X where X is selected from sulfur, oxygen, nitrogen, NRφRs, (C=X)R 6 , X(C=X)R 6 , and =CR 7 R 8 ; R 7 and R 8 are each independently selected from R 6 , (C=X)Re and X(C=X)R 6 wherem: n is 0-10 atoms selected from carbon, oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, phosphorus, silicon, boron, arsenic and selenium, wherein the ring defined by said atoms is saturated or unsaturated, including epoxides and thioepoxides; A^T 1 are independently selected from hydrogen, R , R 10 , Rπ, F 5 Cl, Br, I, CN, OR 9 , SR 9 , NR 9 R 10 , N(=O) 2 , NR 9 OR 10 , ONR 9 R 10 , SOR 9 , SO 2 R 9 , SO 3 R 9 , SONR 9 R 10 , SO 2 NR 9 R 10 , SO 3 NR 9 R 10 , P(R 9 ) 3 , P(=O)(R 9 ) 3 , Si(R 9 ) 3 , B(R 9 ) 2 , (C=X)R U or X(C=X)R π where X is selected from sulfur, oxygen and nitrogen; R 9 and R 10 are each independently selected from -C 20 alkyl (branched and straight chained), Ci-C 2 o arylalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 6 -C 14 aryl, d-C^ heteroaryl, Cι-C 14 heterocycle, C 2 -C 10 alkenyl (branched and straight chained), C 2 -Q 0 alkynyl (branched and straight chained), Q-Qo heteroarylalkyl, Ci-Qo alkoxyalkyl, Q-Qo haloalkyl, dihaloalkyl, trihaloalkyl, haloalkoxy, C 1 -C10 [CN, OR 9 , SR 9 , NR 9 R 10 , N(=O) 2 , NR 9 OR 10 , ONR 9 R 10 , SOR 9 , SO 2 R 9 , SO 3 R 9 , SONR 9 R 10 , SO 2 NR 9 R 10 , SO 3 NR 9 R 10 , P(R 9 ) 3 , P(=O)(R 9 ) 3 , Si(R 9 ) 3 , B(R 9 ) 2 ]alkyl; R11 is selected from R 9 , R 10 , CN, COR 9 , CO 2 R 9 , OR 9 , SR 9 , NR 9 R 10 , N(=O) 2 , NR 9 OR 10 , ONR 9 R 10 , SOR 9 , SO 2 R 9 , SO 3 R 9 , SONR 9 R 10 , SO 2 NR 9 R 10 , SO 3 NR 9 R 10 , P(R 9 ) 3 , P(=O)(R 9 ) 3 , Si(R 9 ) 3 , B(R 9 ) 2 ; B 1 and Rl, El and Ql and fil and Mi are selected from a C 2 -C 8 saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring system further substituted by R lls including epoxides and thioepoxides; Al (or Al) connected to (or Al) or J_l (or S_l); B_l connected to l (or Al) or C (or Di). El connected to ϊl_or Cl (or D_l); £l connected to El (or Fl); Gl (or Hi) connected to El (or F_l) or ll (or Jl); Kl (or Ll) connected to il (or jl) or Ml; Ml connected to Ql (or Nl); Ql connected Ql (or N_l) or Pi (or Ql); Rl connected P_l . (or Q ) or SΪ . (or ll) are Ci-C 8 disubstituted (fused) saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring systems further substituted by Rπ, (C=X)Rπ and X(C=X)Rπ, including epoxides and thioepoxides; Al, A and A, A and Cl, Dl and Fl, E and Gl, gl and ll, jl and Kl, Ll and Nl, Ql and Pi, Q^_ and Si, Jl are =X where X is selected from sulfur, oxygen, nitrogen, NR 9 R 10 , including (C=X)R π and X(C=X)R π , and =CR 12 R 13 ; R 12 and R 13 are independently selected from R π , (C=X)Rπ and X(C=X)Rπ wherein: n is 0-10 atoms selected from carbon, oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, phosphorus, silicon, boron, arsenic and selenium, wherein the ring defined by said atoms is saturated or unsaturated, including epoxides and thioepoxides; A -X are independently selected from hydrogen, R 14 , R 15 , R 16 , F, Cl, Br, I, CN, ORi4, SR14, NR I4 R 15 , N(=O) 2 , NR 14 ORι 5 , ONR 14 Rι 5 , SOR 14 , SO 2 R 14 , SO 3 R 14 , SONR 14 R 15 , SO 2 NR 14 R 15 , SO 3 NR 14 R 15 , P(Rι 4 ) 3 , P(=O)(R 14 ) 3 , Si(R 14 ) 3 , B(R 14 ), (C=Y)R 16 or Y(C=Y)R 16 where Y is selected from sulfur, oxygen and nitrogen; R 14 and R 15 are each independently selected from C 1 -C 20 alkyl (branched and/or straight chained), Ci-C 2 o arylalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 6 -C 14 aryl, d-C 14 heteroaryl, C t -Cu heterocycle, C 2 -C 10 alkenyl (branched and/or straight chained), C 2 -C 10 alkynyl (branched and/or straight chained), d-do heteroarylalkyl, Cι-C 10 alkoxyalkyl, d-do haloalkyl, dihaloalkyl, trihaloalkyl, haloalkoxy, d-do [CN, ORι 4 , SR 14 , NR 14 R 10 , N(=O) 2 , NR 14 OR 15 , ONR 14 R 15 , SOR 14 , SO 2 Rι 4 , SO 3 R 14 , SONR 14 R 15 , SO 2 NR 14 R 15 , SO 3 NR 14 R 15 , P(R 14 ) 3 , P(=0)(R 14 ) 3 , Si(R 14 ) 3 , B(R 14 ) 2 ]alkyl; Riβ is selected from R 14 , R 15 , CN, COR 14 , CO 2 R 15 , OR 14 , SR 14 , NR 14 R 15 , N(=O) 2 , NR 14 OR 15 , ONR 14 R 15 , SOR 14 , SO 2 R 14 , SO 3 R 14 , SONR 14 R 15 , SO 2 NR 14 R 15 , SO 3 NR 14 R 15 , P(R 14 ) 3 , P(=O)(R 14 ) 3 , Si(R 14 ) 3 , B(R 14 ) 2 ; El and yl, Hi and Si and . and if are C 2 -C 8 saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring system further substituted by R 16 , including epoxides and thioepoxides; A? (or Bl) connected to Ql (or pi) or W^ (or Xl); E connected to C (or pi) or Fl (or Gl); Hlconnected to Fl (or Q ) or £ ; £ connected to j (or Kl); I (or Ml) connected to j (or K ) or (or & ; Rl (or Ql) connected to ?! or S& γl connected to if (or jl) or W^ (or X ) are d-C 8 disubstituted (fused) saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring systems further substituted by R 16 , (C=Y)R 16 and Y(C=Y)R 16 , including epoxides and thioepoxides; Al, Bl; Cl, pi; Fl, Gl; , Kl; l∑, Ml; l, Cf; Q?, F ; uf, Ti and X , f are =Y where Y is selected from sulfur, oxygen, nitrogen, NRι R 15 and =CR 1 R 18 ; R 17 and R 18 are independently selected from R 16 , (C=Y)R 16 and Y(C=Y)R 16 wherein: n is 0-10 atoms selected from carbon, oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, phosphorus, silicon, boron, arsenic and selenium, wherein the ring defined by said atoms is saturated or unsaturated, including epoxides and thioepoxides; A , 3 -Z are independently selected from hydrogen, R 19 , R 20 , R 1 , F, Cl, Br, I, CN, OR 19 , SR 19 , NR 19 R 20 , N(=O) 2 , NR 19 OR 20 , ONR 19 R 20 , SOR 19 , SO 2 R 19 , SO 3 R 19 , SONR 19 R 20 , SO 2 NR 19 R 20 , SO 3 NR 19 R 20 , P(R 19 ) 3 , P(=O)(R 19 ) 3 , Si(R 19 ) 3 , B(R 19 ) 2 , (C=0)R 21 or 0(C=0)R 21 where 0 is sulfur, oxygen and nitrogen ; R 19 and R 20 are each independently selected from d-C 20 alkyl (branched and/or straight chained), d-do arylalkyl, d-Cs cycloalkyl, Cβ-Cu aryl, Cι-C 14 heteroaryl, d-C 1 heterocycle, C 2 -Cι 0 alkenyl (branched and/or straight chained), C 2 -C 10 alkynyl (branched and/or straight chained), d-C 10 heteroarylalkyl, d-do alkoxyalkyl, d-do haloalkyl, dihaloalkyl, trihaloalkyl, haloalkoxy, d-C 10 [CN, OR 19 , SR 19 , NR 19 R 20 , N(=O) 2 , NR 19 OR 20 , ONR 19 R 20 , SOR 19 , SO 2 R 19 , SO 3 R 19 , SONR 19 R 20 , SO 2 NR 19 R 20 , SO 3 NR 19 R 20 , P(R 19 ) 3 , P(=O)(R 19 ) 3 , Si(R 19 ) 3 , B(R 19 ) 2 ]alkyl; R 21 is selected from R 19 , R 20 , CN, COR 19 , CO 2 R 19 , OR 19 , SR 19 , NR 19 R 20 , N(=O) 2 , NR 19 OR 20 , ONR 19 R 20 , SOR 19 , SO 2 R 19 , SO 3 R 19 , SONR 19 R 20 , SO 2 NRι 9 R 20 , SO 3 NR 19 R 20 , P(R 19 ) 3 , P(=O)(R 19 ) 3 , Si(R 19 ) 3 , B(R 19 ) 2 ; D 3 connected to Xl is a C 2 -C 8 saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring system further substituted by R 21 , including epoxides and thioepoxides; A? (or A 3 . ) connected to B 3 . (or C 3 . ) or Z 3 . (or Y 3 . ); pi connected to B 3 . (or Ql) or ]r£ (or F 3 . ); Ql (or H ) connected to E 3 . (or F 3 .) or £ (or J 3 . ); L 3 . (or K ) connected to £ (or J 3 . ) or Ml (or Nl); & (or Q 3 . ) connected to N 3 . (or Ml) or l£ (or . s£ (or R 3 ) connected to Q 3 . (or P 3 . ) or U 3 . (or Jl). W 3 . (or ) connected to T? (or ll) or X 3 . ; ^_ connected to Y 3 . (or Zl) are d-C 8 disubstituted (fused) saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring systems further substituted by R 21 , (C= 0)R 21 and 0 (C= 0)R 2 ι, including epoxides and thioepoxides; A , A ; Bi, C 3 . ; El, F 3 .; Ql, gl; £, £; Kl, L 3 . ; Ml, N 3 . ; Ql, ; Ql, Pi, Si, R 3 , U 3 , ll, W , yl, and Z 3 . , γl are =0 where 0 is selected from sulfur, oxygen, nitrogen, NR 1 R 20 , and =CR 22 R 23 ; and R 22 and R 23 are selected from R 21 , (C= 0)R 21 and 0(C= 0)R 21 ; and which chemical agent or derivative or chemical analogue thereof is capable of modulating PKC activity, PKC-dependent gene expression or PKC enzyme turnover and wherein said chemical agent or its derivatives or chemical analogues is administered for a time and under conditions sufficient to ameliorate one or more symptoms associated with said biological entity. Especially preferred chemical agents or derivatives or chemical analogues thereof are represented by the general formula (VI):- wherein: R 24 , R 25 and R 26 are independently selected from hydrogen, R 2 , R 8 , F, Cl, Br, I, CN, OR 27 , SR 27 , NR 27 R 28 , N(=O) 2 , NR 27 OR 28 , ONR 27 R 28 , SOR 27 , SO 2 R 27 , SO 3 R 27 , SONR 27 R 28 , SO 2 NR 27 R 28 , SO 3 NR 27 R 28 , P(R 27 ) 3 , P(=O)(R 27 ) 3 , Si(R 27 ) 3 , B(R 27 ) 2 , (C=X)R 29 or X(C=X)R 29 where X is selected from sulfur, oxygen and nitrogen; . R 27 and R 28 are each independently selected from d-do alkyl (branched and/or straight chained), d-C 2 o arylalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 6 -C 14 aryl, d-C 14 heteroaryl, d-C 1 heterocycle, C 2 -do alkenyl (branched and/or straight chained), C 2 -do alkynyl (branched and/or straight chained), d-C 10 heteroarylalkyl, d-do alkoxyalkyl, d-do haloalkyl, dihaloalkyl, trihaloalkyl, haloalkoxy, d-C 10 [CN, OR 27 , SR 27 , NR 27 R 28 , N(=O) 2 , NR 27 OR 28 , ONR 27 R 28 , SOR 27 , SO 2 R 27 , SO 3 R 27 , SONR 27 R 28 , SO 2 NR 27 R 28 , SO 3 NR 27 R 28 , P(R 27 ) 3 , P(=0)(R2 7 ) 3 , Si(R 27 ) 3 , B(R 27 ) 2 ]alkyl; R 29 is selected from R 27 , R 28 , CN, COR 27 , CO 2 R 27 , OR 27 , SR 27 , NR 27 R 28 , N(=O) 2 , NR 27 OR 28 , ONR 27 R 28 , SOR 27 , SO 2 R 27 , SO 3 R 27 , SONR 27 R 28 , SO 2 NR 27 R 28 , SO 3 NR 27 R 28 , P(R 27 ) 3 , P(=O)(R 27 ) 3 , Si(R 27 ) 3 , B(R 27 ) 2 . In a preferred embodiment, R 24 is hydrogen, OAcetyl or OH. In another preferred embodiment, R 25 and R 26 are OH. As used herein, the term "alkyl" refers to linear or branched chains. The term "haloalkyl" refers to an alkyl group substituted by at least one halogen. Similarly, the term "haloalkoxy" refers to an alkoxy group substituted by at least one halogen. As used herein the term "halogen" refers to fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine. As used herein the term "aryl" refers to aromatic carbocyclic ring systems such as phenyl or naphthyl, anthracenyl, especially phenyl. Suitably, aryl is C 6 -Cw with mono, di- and tri- substitution containing F, Cl, Br, I, NO 2 , CF 3 , CN, OR b COR l5 CO 2 R NHRi, NR^, NR 1 OR 2 , ONR ! R 2 , SORi, SO 2 R l5 SO 3 R ls SONR^, SO 2 NR 1 R 2 , SO 3 NRιR 2 , P(R 3 , P(=O)(R ! ) 3 , Si(R 1 ) 3 , B(R 1 ) 2 , wherein Ri and R 2 are defined above As used herein the terms "heterocycle", "heterocyclic", "heterocyclic systems" and the like refer to a saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocyclic group having a single ring, multiple fused rings (for example, bicyclic, tricyclic, or other similar bridged ring systems or substituents), or multiple condensed rings, and having at least one heteroatom such as nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur within at least one of the rings. This term also includes "heteroaryl" which refers to a heterocycle in which at least one ring is aromatic. Any heterocyclic or heteroaryl group can be unsubstituted or optionally substituted with one or more groups, as defined above. Further, bi- or tricyclic heteroaryl moieties may comprise at least one ring, which is either completely, or partially, saturated. Suitable heteroaryl moieties include, but are not limited to oxazolyl, thiazaoyl, thienyl, furyl, 1- isobenzofuranyl, 3H-pyrrolyl, 2H-pyrrolyl, N-pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, isothiazolyl, isooxazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyradazinyl, indolizinyl, isoindolyl, indoyl, indolyl, purinyl, phthalazinyl, 1,2,3-triazolyl, 1,2,4-triazolyl, 1,2,3-oxadiazoyl, 1,2,4- oxadiazolyl, 1,2,5-oxadiazolyl, 1,3,4-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,3,4-oxatriazolyl, 1,2,3,5- oxatriazolyl, 1,3,5-triazinyl, 1,2,4-triazinyl, 1,2,3-triazinyl, azepinyl, oxepinyl, thiepinyl, benzofuranyl, isobenzofuranyl, thionaphthenyl, isothionaphthenyl, indoleninyl, 2- isobenzazolyl, 1,5-pyrindinyl, pyrano[3,4-b]pyrrolyl, isoindazolyl, indoxazinyl, benzoxazolyl, anthranilyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, cinnolinyl, quinazolinyl, naphthyridinyl, pyrido[3,4-b]pyridinyl, and pyrido[3,2-b]pyridinyl, pyrido[4,3-b]pyridinyl. Reference to a biological entity includes a prokaryotic microorganism, a lower eukaryotic microorganism, a complex eukaryotic organism or a virus. A prokaryotic microorganism includes bacteria such as Gram positive, Gram negative and Gram variable bacteria and intracellular bacteria. Examples of bacteria contemplated herein include the speices of the genera Treponema sp., Borrelia sp., Neisseria sp., Legionella sp., Bordetella sp., Escherichia sp., Salmonella sp., Shigella sp., Klebsiella sp., Yersinia sp,, Vibrio sp., Hemophilus sp., Rickettsia sp., Chlamydia sp., Mycoplasma sp., Staphylococcus sp., Streptococcus sp., Bacillus sp., Clostridium sp., Corynebacterium sp., Proprionibacterium sp., Mycobacterium sp., Ureaplasma sp. and Listeria sp. Particularly preferred species include Treponema pallidum, Borrelia burgdorferi, Neisseria gonorrhea, Neisseria meningitidis, Legionella pneumophila, Bordetella pertussis, Escherichia coli, Salmonella typhi, Salmonella typhimurium, Shigella dysenteriae, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Yersinia pestis, Vibrio cholerae, Hemophilus influenzae, Rickettsia rickettsii, Chlamydia trachomatis, Mycoplasma pneumoniae, Staphylococcus aureus, Streptococcus pneumoniae, Streptococcus pyogenes, Bacillus anthracis, Clostridium botulinum, Clostridium tetani, Clostridium perfringens, Corynebacterium diphtheriae, Proprionibacterium acnes, Mycobacterium tuberculosis, Mycobacterium leprae and Listeria monocytogenes. A lower eukaryotic organism includes a yeast or fungus such as but not limited to Pneumocystis carinii, Candida albicans, Aspergillus, Histoplasma capsulatum, Blastomyces dermatitidis, Cryptococcus neoformans, Trichophyton and Microsporum. A complex eukaryotic organism includes worms, insects, arachnids, nematodes, aemobe, Entamoeba histolytica, Giardia lamblia, Trichomonas vaginalis, Trypanosoma brucei gambiense, Trypanosoma cruzi, Balantidium coli, Toxoplasma gondii, Cryptosporidium or Leishmania. The term "viruses" is used in its broadest sense to include viruses of the families adenoviruses, papovaviruses, herpesviruses: simplex, varicella-zoster, Epstein-Barr, CMV, pox viruses: smallpox, vaccinia, hepatitis B, rhino viruses, hepatitis A, poliovirus, rubellavirus, hepatitis C, arboviruses, rabiesvirus, influenzaviruses A and B, measlesvirus, mumpsvirus, HIV, HTLV I and II. Particularly preferred prokaryotic microorganisms are Salmonella sp. and other enteric microorganisms and Streptococcus sp. and Staphylococcus sp. Particularly preferred lower eukaryotic organisms include species of Trichophytos, Microsporum and Epidermophytos, yeast and Plasmodiwn sp. such as malaria agents. Preferred complex eukaroytic organisms are insects such as blood-sucking insects. Preferred viruses are HIV, EBV and CMV. As stated above, the present invention extends to the use of the subject chemical agents to not only directly remove, destroy or reduce the levels of the entity but also of any molecule associated therewith such as toxins and venoms. The agents may act directly on the agent or indirectly via, for example, activation of the immune system and/or activation of latent viruses. In one particular embodiment, the condition to be treated is associated with a prokaryotic microorganism. Accordingly, another aspect of the present invention contemplates a method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a microbial infection in a subject, said method comprising the administration to said subject of a symptom-ameliorating effective amount of a macrocyclic diterpene, or a chemical fraction comprising same from a plant of the family Euphorbiaceae or a derivative or chemical analogue of said macrocyclic diterpene having the structures as defined above wherein said macrocyclic diterpene or its derivative or chemical analogue modulates PKC activity, synthesis or enzyme turnover, said administration being for a time and under conditions sufficient to ameliorate one or more symptoms of the infection. The preferred microorganism in this context includes but is not limited to Salmonella sp., Streptococcus sp. and Staphylococcus sp. A "symptom" includes sickness, bacterial loads in particular specimens associated illness (e.g. headaches, lethargy, rashes, fever), septicemia, bacteremia and inflammation. In another embodiment, the entity is a lower eukaryotic organism. Accordingly, another aspect of the present invention provides a method for the treatment or prophylaxis of an infection by a lower eukaryotic organism in a subject, said method comprising the administration to said subject of a symptom-ameliorating effective amount of a macrocyclic diterpene or chemical fraction comprising same from a plant of the family Euphorbiaceae or a derivative or chemical analogue of said macrocyclic diterpene having the structures as defined above wherein said macrocyclic diterpene or its derivative or chemical analogue modulates PKC activity, synthesis or enzyme turnover, said administration being for a time and under conditions sufficient to ameliorate one or more symptoms of the infection. Preferably, the lower eukaryotic organism is a yeast or fungi such as but not limited to Pneumocystis carinii, Candida albicans, Aspergillus, Histoplasma capsulatum, Blastomyces dermatitidis, Cryptococcus neoformans, Trichophyton and Microsporum. Particularly preferred lower eukaryotic organisms are yeasts, fungi and a Plasmodium sp. The term "symptom" is as stated above except in relation to eukaryotic organism. In yet another embodiment, the entity is a complex eukaryotic organism. Accordingly, another aspect of the present invention provide a method for the treatment or prophylaxis of an infection by a complex eukaryotic organism in a subject, said method comprising the administration to said subject of a symptom-ameliorating effective amount of a macrocyclic diterpene, or a chemical fraction comprising same from a plant of the family Euphorbiaceae or a derivative or chemical analogue of said macrocyclic diterpene having the structures as defined above wherein said macrocyclic diterpene or its derivative or chemical analogue modulates PKC activity, synthesis or enzyme turnover, said administration being for a time and under conditions sufficient to ameliorate one or more symptoms of the infection. Preferably, the complex eukaryotic organism is a worm, insect, arachnid, nematode, aemobe, Entamoeba histolytica, Giardia lamblia, Trichomonas vaginalis, Trypanosoma brucei gambiense, Trypanosoma cruzi, Balantidium coli, Plasmodium malariae, Plasmodium tropicalis, Toxoplasma gondii, Cryptosporidium or Leishmania. In yet another embodiment, the entity is a virus. Accordingly, another aspect of the present invention provide a method for the treatment or prophylaxis of an infection by a virus in a subject, said method comprising the administration to said subject of a symptom-ameliorating effective amount of a macrocyclic diterpene, or a chemical fraction comprising same from a plant of the family Euphorbiaceae or a derivative or chemical analogue of said macrocyclic diterpene having the structures as defined above wherein said macrocyclic diterpene or its derivative or chemical analogue modulates PKC activity, synthesis or enzyme turnover, said administration being for a time and under conditions sufficient to ameliorate one or more symptoms of the infection. Preferred viruses include adenoviruses, papovaviruses, herpesviruses: simplex, varicella- zoster, Epstein-Barr, CMV, pox viruses: smallpox, vaccinia, hepatitis B, rhinoviruses, hepatitis A, poliovirus, rubellavirus, hepatitis C, arboviruses, rabiesvirus, influenzaviruses A and B, measlesvirus, mumpsvirus, HIV, HTLV I and II. This aspect of the present invention is particularly useful in the treatment of latent virus infection. The term "latent virus" includes reference to a virus or more particularly a virus genome or part thereof which has integrated into the genome of a cell. When in the latent state, it is more difficult for a host's immune system to recognize a virus as a foreign body. In accordance with the present invention, it is proposed that the subject chemical agents are capable of activating a latent virus thereby causing the virus to undergo replication and at least partial assembly. As a result, a mechanism within the host or within the cells of the host is then induced to assist in the eradication of the virus. The present invention extends to both the direct effect of the chemical agent on the virus as well as promoting the immune system to direct same against the virus and to combination therapies with antiviral agents. Accordingly, another aspect of the present invention contemplates a method for the treatment or prophylaxis of infection by a latent virus in a subject, said method comprising the administration to said subject of a virus activating effective amount of a macrocyclic diterpene, or a chemical fraction comprising same from a plant of the family Euphorbiaceae or a derivative or chemical analogue of said macrocyclic diterpene having the structures as defined above wherein said macrocyclic diterpene or its derivative or chemical analogue modulates PKC activity, synthesis or enzyme turnover, said administration being for a time and under conditions sufficient to activate said virus. The activated virus is then destroyed or removed by the host's own immune system and/or by anti-viral chemotherapy or by the effects of the agents themselves. In a preferred embodiment, the method further comprises the simultaneous, sequential or separate administration of an ancillary agent which destroys or attenuates a replicating virus, in combination with the macrocyclic diterpene or chemical fraction. Thus, the invention contemplates the combined use of a macrocyclic diterpene or chemical fraction which activates a latent virus to thereby cause the virus to undergo replication, and the use of an ancillary agent which eradicates the replicating virus. Accordingly, in another aspect, the invention encompasses a method for the treatment or prophylaxis of infection by a latent virus in a subject, said method comprising the simultaneous, sequential or separate administration to said subject of a virus-activating effective amount of a macrocyclic diterpene, or a chemical fraction comprising same from a plant of the family Euphorbiaceae or a derivative or chemical analogue of said macrocyclic diterpene having the structures as defined above wherein said macrocyclic diterpene or its derivative or chemical analogue modulates PKC activity, synthesis or enzyme turnover, together with a virus-destroying or -attenuating effective amount of an ancillary agent which destroys or attenuates a replicating form of said virus, said administration being for a time and under conditions sufficient for said macrocyclic diterpene or chemical fraction to activate said virus to thereby cause the virus to undergo replication and for said ancillary agent to destroy or attenuate said replicating virus. In one embodiment, the latent virus is HIV. A range of HIV specific agents may be used for its destruction or attenuation, including, for example, the agents described in Matsuhita et al, 2000. Preferred HIV specific ancillary agents include, for example, nucleoside analogues such as combivir, epivir, hivid, retrovir, videx, zerat and zygen, non-nucleoside agents such as rescriptor, sustiva and viramune, adjunctive anti-retrovirals such as hydrea and droxa, and protease inhibitors such as agenerase, fortovase, crixivan, invirase, norvir and virasept. In another embodiment, the latent virus is EBV. Preferred EBV specific ancillary agents are selected from ganciclovir (GVC) or 3'-azido-3'deoxythymidine (AZT), as for example disclosed by Westphal et al, 2000. In yet another embodiment, the latent virus is CMV. A preferred CMV specific ancillary agent is cidofovir, as for example disclosed by Platzbecker et al, 2001. Particularly useful compounds include 5,8,9,10,14-pentaacetoxy-3-benzoyloxy-15- hydroxypepluane (pepluane), derivatives of said pepluane, jatrophanes of Conformation II including 2,3,5,7,15-pentaacetoxy-9-nicotinoyloxy-14-oxojatropha-6(17),l lE-diene (jatrophane 1), derivatives of said jatrophane 1, 2,5,7,8,9,14-hexaacetoxy-3-benzoyloxy- 15-hydroxy-jatropha-6(17),l lE-diene (jatrophane 2), derivatives of said jatrophane 2, 2,5,14-triacetoxy-3-benzoyloxy-8,15-dihydroxy-7-isobutyroyloxy-9-nicotinoyloxy- jatropha-6(17),HE-diene (jatrophane 3), derivatives of said jatrophane 3, 2,5,9,14- tetraacetoxy-3-benzoyloxy-8, 15-dihydroxy-7-isobutyroyloxyjatropha-6(l 7), 1 lE-diene) (jatrophane 4), derivatives of said jatrophane 4, 2,5,7,14-tetraacetoxy-3-benzoyloxy-8,15- dihydroxy-9-nicotinoyloxyjatropha-6(17),HΕ-diene (jatrophane 5), derivatives of said jatrophane 5, 2,5,7,9,14-pentaacetoxy-3-benzoyloxy-8,15-dihydroxyjatropha-6(17),l 1E- diene (jatrophane 6), derivatives of said jatrophane 6, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts of these. Even more particularly preferred compounds are angeloyl substituted ingenanes or derivatives thereof such as ingenol-3-angelate, 20-hydroxy-ingenol-3-angelate, 20-O- acetyl-ingenol-3-angelate, or derivatives of said angelates, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts of these. Still a further aspect of the present invention contemplates a method of assessing the suitability of a chemical agent from Euphorbiaceae for the practice of the present invention. Numerical values are assigned to chemical agents including fractions comprising the chemical agents as set forth, for example, in Table A:- TABLE A The value for each feature is referred to as the Index Value (Iy). The sum of Iy, i.e. Ely, provides a potency of agent (P A ) value and this enables an analytical approach to screening and selecting compounds from Euphorbiaceae useful in the practice of the present invention. In one example, 20-acetyl-ingenol-3 angelate exhibits a P A = ∑ly = 15. Accordingly, another aspect of the present invention contemplates a method for the treatment or prophylaxis of infection or colonization or presence of a biological entity in a subject, said method comprising administration to said subject of a symptom-ameliorating effective amount of a macrocyclic diterpene obtainable from a Euphorbiaceae plant or its botanical or horticultural relative, said macrocyclic diterpene being selected from an ingenane, pepluane or jatrophane, or a derivative or chemical analogue thereof, having the structure represented by any one of the general formulae (I) - (V) as defined above and wherein said chemical agent exhibits a potency of agent (P A ) of >10, wherein the PA = ∑Iv where I v is a numerical value associated with a particular feature as listed below:- or pharmaceutically acceptable salts of these, said chemical agent being administered for a time and under conditions sufficient to ameliorate at least one symptom caused by or associated with the biological entity. Preferred compounds are selected from the list comprising:- 5,8,9,10,14-pentaacetoxy-3-benzoyloxy-15-hydroxypepluane (pepluane); 2,3,5,7,15-pentaacetoxy-9-nicotinoyloxy-14-oxojatropha-6(17),llE-diene (jatrophane 1); 2,5,7,8,9,14-hexaacetoxy-3-benzoyloxy-15-hydroxy-jatropha-6(17),llE- diene (jatrophane 2); 2,5,14-triacetoxy-3-benzoyloxy-8,15-dihydroxy-7-isobutyroyloxy-9- nicotinoyloxy-jatropha-6(17),llE-diene (jatrophane 3); 2,5,9,14-tetraacetoxy-3-benzoyloxy-8,15-dihydroxy-7-isobutyroyloxy- jatropha-6(17),llE-diene) (jatrophane 4); 2,5,7,14-tetraacetoxy-3-benzoyloxy-8,15-dihydroxy-9-nicotinoyloxy- jatropha-6(17),HE-diene (jatrophane 5); 2,5,7,9,14-pentaacetoxy-3-benzoyloxy-8,15-dihydroxyjatropha-6(17),llE- diene (jatrophane 6); 20-O-acetyl-ingenol-3-angelate, derivatives of 20-O-acetyl-ingenol-3- angelate. 20-hydroxy-ingelol-3-angelate, derivatives of 20-hydroxy-ingenol-3- angelate; and ingenol-3-angelate, derivatives of ingenol-3-angelate. Preferably, the biological entity is a microorganism, virus, yeast, fungus, insect, arachnid or Plasmodium sp. Reference herein to a subject includes a human, primate, livestock animal (e.g. sheep, cow, horse, pig, goat, donkey), laboratory test animal (e.g. mouse, rat, guinea pig, hamster), companion animal (e.g. dog, cat) or avian species such as poultry birds (e.g. chicken, ducks, turkeys, geese) or game birds (e.g. arid ducks, pheasants). The preferred subject is a human or primate or laboratory test animal. The most preferred subject is a human. The ability to assign numerical values to certain characteristics enables data processing means to assess the likely usefulness of a particular compound or group of compounds forming a chemical agent. The assessment of the suitability of a compound or group of compounds for the practice of the present invention is suitably facilitated with the assistance of a computer programmed with software, which inter alia adds index values (Iy) for at least two features associated with the compound(s) to provide a potency value (P A ) corresponding to the effectiveness of the compound(s) for treating or preventing infection or colonization or presence of a biological entity in a subject. The compound features can be selected from:- (a) the ability to modulate PKC activity or effect; (b) the ability to induce bipolar dendritic activity; (c) the ability to be derived from a member of the Euphorbiaceae family; (d) the ability to be derived from E. peplus; (e) the ability to be water extractable from the sap of a Euphorbia species; or (f) the ability to activate latent virus; (g) less tumor promoting capacity than TPA or PMA. Accordingly, in accordance with the present invention, index values for such features are stored in a machine-readable storage medium, which is capable of processing the data to provide a potency value for a compound or group of compounds of interest. Thus, in another aspect, the invention contemplates a computer program product for assessing the likely usefulness of a candidate compound or group of compounds for treating or preventing infection or colonization or presence of a biological entity in a subject, said product comprising:- (1) code that receives as input index values for at least two features associated with said compound(s), wherein said features are selected from: (a) the ability to modulate PKC activity or effect; (b) the ability to induce bipolar dendritic activity; (c) the ability to be derived from a member of the Euphorbiaceae family; (d) the ability to be derived from E. peplus; (e) the ability to be water extractable from the sap of a Euphorbia species; or (f) the ability to activate latent virus; (g) less tumor promoting capacity than TPA or PMA; (4) code that adds said index values to provide a sum corresponding to a potency value for said compound(s); and (5) a computer readable medium that stores the codes. In a preferred embodiment, the computer program product comprises code that assigns an index value for each feature of a compound or group of compounds. In an especially preferred embodiment, index values are assigned as set forth in Table A above. In a related aspect, the invention extends to a computer for assessing the likely usefulness of a candidate compound or group of compounds for treating or preventing infection or colonization or presence of a biological entity in a subject, wherein said computer comprises :- (1) a machine-readable data storage medium comprising a data storage material encoded with machine-readable data, wherein said machine-readable data comprise index values for at least two features associated with said compound(s), wherein said features are selected from: (a) the ability to modulate PKC activity or effect; (b) the ability to induce bipolar dendritic activity; (c) the ability to be derived from a member of the Euphorbiaceae family; (d) the ability to be derived from E. peplus; (e) the ability to be water extractable from the sap of a Euphorbia species; or (f) the ability to activate latent virus; (g) less tumor promoting capacity than TPA or PMA; (2) a working memory for storing instructions for processing said machine-readable data; (3) a central-processing unit coupled to said working memory and to said machine- readable data storage medium, for processing said machine readable data to provide a sum of said index values corresponding to a potency value for said compound(s); and (4) an output hardware coupled to said central processing unit, for receiving said potency value. A version of these embodiments is presented in Figure 8, which shows a system 10 including a computer 11 comprising a central processing unit ("CPU") 20, a working memory 22 which may be, e.g. RAM (random-access memory) or "core" memory, mass storage memory 24 (such as one or more disk drives or CD-ROM drives), one or more cathode-ray tube ("CRT") display terminals 26, one or more keyboards 28, one or more input lines 30, and one or more output lines 40, all of which are interconnected by a conventional bidirectional system bus 50. Input hardware 36, coupled to computer 11 by input lines 30, may be implemented in a variety of ways. For example, machine-readable data of this invention may be inputted via the use of a modem or modems 32 connected by a telephone line or dedicated data line 34. Alternatively or additionally, the input hardware 36 may comprise CD. Alternatively, ROM drives or disk drives 24 in conjunction with display terminal 26, keyboard 28 may also be used as an input device. Output hardware 46, coupled to computer 11 by output lines 40, may similarly be implemented by conventional devices. By way of example, output hardware 46 may include CRT display terminal 26 for displaying a synthetic polynucleotide sequence or a synthetic polypeptide sequence as described herein. Output hardware might also include a printer 42, so that hard copy output may be produced, or a disk drive 24, to store system output for later use. In operation, CPU 20 coordinates the use of the various input and output devices 36,46 coordinates data accesses from mass storage 24 and accesses to and from working memory 22, and determines the sequence of data processing steps. A number of programs may be used to process the machine readable data of this invention. Exemplary programs may use for example the following steps :- (1) inputting input index values for at least two features associated with said compound(s), wherein said features are selected from:- (a) the ability to modulate PKC activity or effect; (b) the ability to induce bipolar dendritic activity; (c) the ability to be derived from a member of the Euphorbiaceae family; (d) the ability to be derived from E. peplus; (e) the ability to be water extractable from the sap of a Euphorbia species; or (f) the ability to activate latent virus; (g) less tumor promoting capacity than TPA or PMA; (2) adding the index values for said features to provide a potency value for said compound(s); and (3) outputting said potency value. Figure 9 shows a cross section of a magnetic data storage medium 100 which can be encoded with machine readable data, or set of instructions, for designing a synthetic molecule of the invention, which can be carried out by a system such as system 10 of Figure 10. Medium 100 can be a conventional floppy diskette or hard disk, having a suitable substrate 101, which may be conventional, and a suitable coating 102, which may be conventional, on one or both sides, containing magnetic domains (not visible) whose polarity or orientation can be altered magnetically. Medium 100 may also have an opening (not shown) for receiving the spindle of a disk drive or other data storage device 24. The magnetic domains of coating 102 of medium 100 are polarized or oriented so as to encode in manner which may be conventional, machine readable data such as that described herein, for execution by a system such as system 10 of Figure 8. Figure 10 shows a cross section of an optically readable data storage medium 110 which also can be encoded with such a machine-readable data, or set of instructions, for designing a synthetic molecule of the invention, which can be carried out by a system such as system 10 of Figure 8. Medium 110 can be a conventional compact disk read only memory (CD-ROM) or a rewritable medium such as a magneto-optical disk, which is optically readable and magneto-optically writable. Medium 100 preferably has a suitable substrate 111, which may be conventional, and a suitable coating 112, which may be conventional, usually of one side of substrate 111. In the case of CD-ROM, as is well known, coating 112 is reflective and is impressed with a plurality of pits 113 to encode the machine-readable data. The arrangement of pits is read by reflecting laser light off the surface of coating 112. A protective coating 114, which preferably is substantially transparent, is provided on top of coating 112. hi the case of a magneto-optical disk, as is well known, coating 112 has no pits 113, but has a plurality of magnetic domains whose polarity or orientation can be changed magnetically when heated above a certain temperature, as by a laser (not shown). The orientation of the domains can be read by measuring the polarisation of laser light reflected from coating 112. The arrangement of the domains encodes the data as described above. The present invention further extends to pharmaceutical compositions useful in treating a pathogenic infection. In this regard, the chemical agents of the invention can be used as actives for the treatment or prophylaxis of a condition associated with the presence of a biological entity or part thereof or toxin or venom therefrom or a genetic event caused thereby in a subject. The chemical agents can be administered to a patient either by themselves, or in pharmaceutical compositions where they are mixed with a suitable pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. Accordingly ? the invention also provides a composition for treatment and/or prophylaxis of a condition associated with the presence of a biological entity or part thereof or toxin or venom therefrom or a genetic event caused thereby in a subject, comprising one or more chemical agents of the invention, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and/or diluent. Depending on the specific conditions being treated, chemical agents may be formulated and administered systemically or locally. Techniques for formulation and administration may be found in "Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences," Mack Publishing Co., Easton, Pa., latest edition. Suitable routes may, for example, include oral, rectal, transmucosal, or intestinal administration; parenteral delivery, including intramuscular, subcutaneous, intramedullary injections, as well as intrathecal, direct intraventricular, intravenous, intraperitoneal, intranasal, or intraocular injections. For injection, the chemical agents of the invention may be formulated in aqueous solutions, preferably in physiologically compatible buffers such as Hanks' solution, Ringer's solution, or physiological saline buffer. For transmucosal administration, penetrants appropriate to the barrier to be permeated are used in the formulation. Such penetrants are generally known in the art. Infra-muscular and subcutaneous injection is appropriate, for example, for administration of immunomodulatory compositions and vaccines. The chemical agents can be formulated readily using pharmaceutically acceptable carriers well known in the art into dosages suitable for oral administration. Such carriers enable the compounds of the invention to be formulated in dosage forms such as tablets, pills, capsules, liquids, gels, syrups, slurries, suspensions and the like, for oral ingestion by a patient to be treated. These carriers may be selected from sugars, starches, cellulose and its derivatives, malt, gelatine, talc, calcium sulphate, vegetable oils, synthetic oils, polyols, alginic acid, phosphate buffered solutions, emulsifiers, isotonic saline, and pyrogen-free water. Pharmaceutical compositions suitable for use in the present invention include compositions wherein the active ingredients are contained in an effective amount to achieve their intended purpose. The dose of agent administered to a patient should be sufficient to effect a beneficial response in the patient over time such as a reduction in the symptoms associated with the presence of a biological entity or part thereof or toxin or venom therefrom or a genetic event caused thereby in a subject. The quantity of the agent(s) to be administered may depend on the subject to be treated inclusive of the age, sex, weight and general health condition thereof. In this regard, precise amounts of the agent(s) for administration will depend on the judgement of the practitioner. In determining the effective amount of the chemical agent to be administered in the treatment or prophylaxis of a condition associated with the biological entity, the physician may evaluate tissue or fluid levels of the biological entity, and progression of the disorder. In any event, those of skill in the art may readily determine suitable dosages of the chemical agents of the invention. Pharmaceutical formulations for parenteral administration include aqueous solutions of the active compounds in water-soluble form. Additionally, suspensions of the active compounds may be prepared as appropriate oily injection suspensions. Suitable lipophilic solvents or vehicles include fatty oils such as sesame oil, or synthetic fatty acid esters, such as ethyl oleate or triglycerides, or liposomes. Aqueous injection suspensions may contain substances which increase the viscosity of the suspension, such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, sorbitol, or dextran. Optionally, the suspension may also contain suitable stabilizers or agents which increase the solubility of the compounds to allow for the preparation of highly concentrated solutions. \ Pharmaceutical preparations for oral use can be obtained by combining the active compounds with solid excipient, optionally grinding a resulting mixture, and processing the mixture of granules, after adding suitable auxiliaries, if desired, to obtain tablets or dragee cores. Suitable excipients are, in particular, fillers such as sugars, including lactose, sucrose, mannitol, or sorbitol; cellulose preparations such as., for example, maize starch, wheat starch, rice starch, potato starch, gelatin, gum tragacanth, methyl cellulose, hydroxypropylmethyl-cellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, and/or polyvinyl- pyrrolidone (PVP). If desired, disintegrating agents maybe added, such as the cross-linked polyvinyl pyrrolidone, agar, or alginic acid or a salt thereof such as sodium alginate. Such compositions may be prepared by any of the methods of pharmacy but all methods include the step of bringing into association one or more chemical agents as described above with the carrier which constitutes one or more necessary ingredients. In general, the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention may be manufactured in a manner that is itself known, e.g. by means of conventional mixing, dissolving, granulating, dragee- making, levigating, emulsifying, encapsulating, entrapping or lyophilising processes. Dragee cores are provided with suitable coatings. For this purpose, concentrated sugar solutions may be used, which may optionally contain gum arabic, talc, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, carbopol gel, polyethylene glycol, and/or titanium dioxide, lacquer solutions, and suitable organic solvents or solvent mixtures. Dyestuffs or pigments may be added to the tablets or dragee coatings for identification or to characterize different combinations of active compound doses. Pharmaceutical compositions which can be used orally include push-fit capsules made of gelatin, as well as soft, sealed capsules made of gelatin and a plasticizer, such as glycerol or sorbitol. The push-fit capsules can contain the active ingredients in admixture with filler such as lactose, binders such as starches, and/or lubricants such as talc or magnesium stearate and, optionally, stabilizers. In soft capsules, the active compounds may be dissolved or suspended in suitable liquids, such as fatty oils, liquid paraffin, or liquid polyethylene glycols. In addition, stabilizers may be added. Dosage forms of the chemical agents of the invention may also include injecting or implanting controlled releasing devices designed specifically for this purpose or other forms of implants modified to act additionally in this fashion. Controlled release of an agent of the invention may be effected by coating the same, for example, with hydrophobic polymers including acrylic resins, waxes, higher aliphatic alcohols, polylactic and polyglycolic acids and certain cellulose derivatives such as hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose. In addition, controlled release may be effected by using other polymer matrices, liposomes and/or microspheres. Chemical agents of the invention may be provided as salts with pharmaceutically compatible counterions. Pharmaceutically compatible salts may be formed with many acids, including but not limited to hydrochloric, sulphuric, acetic, lactic, tartaric, malic, succinic, etc. Salts tend to be more soluble in aqueous or other protonic solvents that are the corresponding free base forms. For any chemical agent used in the method of the invention, the therapeutically effective dose can be estimated initially from cell culture assays. For example, a dose can be formulated in animal models to achieve a circulating concentration range that includes the IC50 as determined in cell culture (e.g. the concentration of a test agent, which achieves a half-maximal inhibition of infection or colonization or presence of a biological entity). Such information can be used to more accurately determine useful doses in humans. Toxicity and therapeutic efficacy of such chemical agents can be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell cultures or experimental animals, e.g. for determining the LD50'(the dose lethal to 50% of the population) and the ED50 (the dose therapeutically effective in 50% of the population). The dose ratio between toxic and therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index and it can be expressed as the ratio LD50/ED50. Compounds that exhibit large therapeutic indices are preferred. The data obtained from these cell culture assays and animal studies can be used in formulating a range of dosages for use in humans. The dosage of such compounds lies preferably within a range of circulating concentrations that include the ED50 with little or no toxicity. The dosage may vary within this range depending upon the dosage form employed and the route of administration utilized. The exact formulation, route of administration and dosage can be chosen by the individual physician in view of the patient's condition (see for example Fingl et al, 1975, in "The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics", Ch. 1 pi). Dosage amount and interval may be adjusted individually to provide plasma levels of the active agent which are sufficient to maintain symptom-ameliorating effects. Usual patient dosages for systemic administration range from 1-2000 mg/day, commonly from 1-250 mg/day, and typically from 10-150 mg/day. Stated in terms of patient body weight, usual dosages range from 0.02-25 mg/kg/day, commonly from 0.02-3 mg/kg/day, typically from 0.2-1.5 mg/kg/day. Stated in terms of patient body surface areas, usual dosages range from 0.5-1200 mg/m /day, commonly from 0.5-150 mg/m /day, typically from 5-100 mg/m /day. Alternately, one may administer the compound in a local rather than systemic manner, for example, via injection of the compound directly into a tissue, often in a depot or sustained release formulation. Furthermore, one may administer the drug in a targeted drug delivery system, for example, in a liposome coated with tissue-specific antibody. The liposomes will be targeted to and taken up selectively by the tissue. In cases of local administration or selective uptake, the effective local concentration of the agent may not be related to plasma concentration. The chemical agents of the invention can also be delivered topically. For topical administration, a composition containing between 0.001-5% or more chemical agent is generally suitable. Regions for topical administration include the skin surface and also mucous membrane tissues of the vagina, rectum, nose, mouth, and throat. Compositions for topical administration via the skin and mucous membranes should not give rise to signs of irritation, such as swelling or redness. The topical composition may include a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier adapted for topical administration. Thus, the composition may take the form of a suspension, solution, ointment, lotion, sexual lubricant, cream, foam, aerosol, spray, suppository, implant, inhalant, tablet, capsule, dry powder, syrup, balm or lozenge, for example. Methods for preparing such compositions are well known in the pharmaceutical industry. In one embodiment, the topical composition is administered topically to a subject, e.g. by the direct laying on or spreading of the composition on the epidermal or epithelial tissue of the subject, or transdermally via a "patch". Such compositions include, for example, lotions, creams, solutions, gels and solids. Suitable carriers for topical administration preferably remain in place on the skin as a continuous film, and resist being removed by perspiration or immersion in water. Generally, the carrier is organic in nature and capable of having dispersed or dissolved therein a chemical agent of the invention. The carrier may include pharmaceutically-acceptable emolients, emulsifiers, thickening agents, solvents and the like. The invention also features a process for separating macrocyclic diterpenes from a biomass containing same, said process comprising contacting the biomass with an aqueous solvent for a time and under conditions sufficient to extract the macrocyclic diterpenes into said solvent. The aqueous solvent is preferably water. Suitably, the biomass is derived from a plant, which is preferably a member of the Euphorbiaceae family of plants or botanical or horticultural relatives of such plants. Matter from the plant (e.g. foliage, stems, roots, seeds, bark, etc.) is preferably cut, macerated or mulched to increase the surface area of the plant matter for aqueous extraction of the macrocyclic diterpenes. The process preferably further comprises adsorbing the macrocyclic diterpenes to a non- ionic adsorbent, which is suitably a non-ionic porous synthetic adsorbent. Among the non- ionic porous synthetic adsorbents that can be used for the purposes of the present invention include, but are not restricted to, aromatic copolymers mainly composed of styrene and divinylbenzene, and methacrylic copolymers mainly composed of monomethacrylate and dimethacrylate. Such non-ionic porous synthetic adsorbents which comprise, as the basic structure, aromatic copolymers mainly composed of styrene and divinylbenzene include, for example, Diaion HP10, HP20, HP21, HP30, HP40, HP50, SP850, and SP205 (trade names: Mitsubishi Chemical Corp.), and Amberlite XAD-2, XAD4, (trade names: Rohm and Haas Co.). Examples of non-ionic porous synthetic adsorbent which comprise, as the basic structure, methacrylic copolymer mainly composed of monomethacrylate and dimethacrylate are Diaion HP2MG, Amberlite XAD-7, XAD-8 and XAD-16 and others. Preferably, the process further comprises eluting macrocyclic diterpenes from the non- ionic adsorbent with water and water-soluble organic solvent(s). The treatment may be conducted by a batch method using water and water-soluble organic solvent(s) which dissolve macrocyclic diterpenes, or may also be conducted continuously or in batch using a column chromatography method. Examples of a water-soluble organic solvent which may be used in the present invention are alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, n-propyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, and tert- butanol, ethers such as dioxane and tefrahydrofuran, ketones such as acetone, amides such as dimethylformamide, sulfur-containing compounds such as dimethylsulfoxide. Two or more of such organic solvents may be mixed for use. In addition, solvents less soluble in water, for example, alcohols such as n-butanol, esters such as methyl formate and methyl acetate, and ketones such as methyl ethyl ketone may also be used to the extent that it does not separate during development. Particularly prefened water-soluble organic solvents are alcohols, in particular, methanol, ethanol, propyl alcohol, and the like. Furthermore, different kinds of solvent may also be used sequentially for development. Macrocyclic diterpenes can be further purified using media and techniques which separate compounds on the basis of molecular size and/or polarity. In a prefened embodiment of this type, the macrocyclic diterpenes are separated using Sephadex HL-20 resin and preferably using water and water-soluble organic solvent(s) for development. The present invention is further described by the following non-limiting Examples. EXAMPLE 1 PKC Activation: Kinase activity of PKC as measured by enzyme assay Preparation of chemical fractions from E. peplus Sap from E. peplus plants was collected, stored at -20°C, thawed and stored at 4°C for 1 week prior to use. The H fraction was prepared from frozen sap by thin layer chromatography (TLC) as described in International Patent Application No. PCT/AU98/00656 and was stored as dried silica-associated material at 4°C. This material was enriched in jatrophanes and pepluanes. One to two months prior to use, the material was dissolved in ethylene glycol dimethyl ether (DME) and stored at 4°C. The concentrations were determined from the dry weight of the material. For PKC assays, crude sap (PEP001) and the PEP004 fraction was ether extracted twice to produce an ether-soluble fraction enriched in diterpenes, namely, ingenanes, jatrophanes and pepluanes. The remaining water soluble fraction was also used. An ingenane fraction was prepared from the ether-soluble extract by TLC as described in International Patent Application No. PCT/AU98/00656. PKC assay The conventional and novel protein kinase C (PKC) isoforms, in their unstimulated state, are inactive as kinases. The Cl domain of these PKCs contains an autoinhibitory, pseudosubstrate site that binds to the substrate site (C4 domain) and inactivates the kinase functionality of the protein. Activation of PKC results from binding of diacylglycerol (DAG) to the Cl domain, which, via multiple phosphorylation events and conformational changes to the protein, ultimately leads to the release of PKC autoinhibition. TPA and other related compounds have been shown to bind to the Cl domain of various PKC isoforms and presumably by similar means as DAG, lead to their activation. The kinase activity of rat brain PKC (Promega) was determined using the Peptag™ Non- Radioactive Protein Kinase Kit (Promega). Using agarose gel electrophoresis the technique visualises the opposing electrostatic charge of a fluorescently labeled peptide (PLSRTLSVAAK) compared to the phosphorylated version of the same peptide. The results of an assay of PKC with the fluorescent substrate (PepTag) are shown in Figure 1. The reaction mixture was separated by gel electrophoresis, showing migration of the unreacted substrate (a) to the anode (top), and the product (b), which is more negatively charged because of phosphorylation by PKC, moving towards the cathode (bottom). The positive control activator (phosphatidyl serine) supplied by the manufacturer (lane 2) showed strong activation compared with PKC and substrate alone (lane 1). Various dilutions of TPA also showed activation of PKC (lanes 3, 4 and 5). An ether extract of E. peplus sap, reconstituted in dimethoxyethane (DMΕ) and incubated with PKC at a final dilution of 1 in 5 relative to the sap, gave a significant level of action (lane 7), as did the crude sap itself (lane 9). In the latter case, however, both the substrate and product (band c, lane 9) were found further towards the cathode. This result was interpreted as being due to a carboxypeptidase activity in the crude sap, cleaving the C- terminal, positively-charged lysine from the substrate peptide. This was confirmed by the finding that the aqueous layer from ether extraction had minimal PKC-activating ability, but altered migration of the substrate in the same way as the crude sap (lane 8). DMΕ itself had no activity (lane 10). Figure 2 shows the results of testing fractionated materials simultaneously with negative (lane 1) and positive controls (lane 2). Fraction H (mixture of jatrophanes and pepluanes) showed a low activity (lane 3), seen as a halo of product (anow) moving away from the unreacted substrate. A similar result was found for the ingenane fraction (lane 4). All of the E. peplus fractions are tested for activation of all the available protein kinase enzymes using the peptide-based fluorescent tag test described above. The isoenzymes available for this experiment (Panevera) were , βl, βl 1, γ, δ, e, η and f. Essentially, the kinase activity of the PKC sample was assessed before stimulation (Negative Control) and after stimulation with PEP001, phosphatidyl serine (an acid-lipid, known to activate PKC, provided by Promega; Positive Control) and TPA (20 μg/niL). The results presented in Figure 3 indicate that PEP001, at dilutions of 1:125 and 1:500, activates PKC to a similar level as phosphatidyl serine (200 μg/mL) and to a greater level than TPA (20 μg/mL). From this experiment, it is clear that the PEP001 activates PKC. EXAMPLE 2 PKC Activation: Translocation of PKC Activation of PKC can also be demonstrated by a simple fluorescence microscopy-based assay. Upon activation, PKC is known to translocate from the cytoplasm to the plasma membrane of the cell. By fusing PKC enzymes to the green fluorescent protein (GFP) or enhanced GFP (EGFP), activation of the PKC can be detected by the movement of diffuse cytoplasmic GFP to a ring of fluorescence associated with the plasma membrane. Using this assay, crude E. peplus extract has been shown to activate PKC J and PKCγ. MM96L cells were first transfected using a commercially-available kit (Qiagen Effectine Transfection Kit) with a PKC-GFP expression vector (Clontech; htt ://www. clontech.com/gfp/) and allowed to produce the PKC-GFP protein for 24 hr. The cells were then treated with crude E. peplus extract and TPA and observed under a fluorescent microscope (488 nm excitation). Two controls were used - no DNA, which allows for the identification of non-transfected cells, and no drugs, which allows for the calculation of transfection efficiency and the identification of transfected cells without PKC activation. pPKC/3-EGFP and pPKCγ-EGFP were tested, and crude E. peplus extract was shown to induce movement of the fluorescence from the cytosol to the plasma membrane, indicating that crude E. peplus extract activated these PKC enzymes. The results are illustrated in Figures 4A and 4B, which respectively show expression of PKC/3 in the absence of any drug and after exposure to crude E. peplus extract for 2 hr. In another experiment, translocation of individual PKC isoforms was observed using fluorescence microscopy and used as an indication of activation by PEP003 and PEP005. Five EGFP-PKC isoforms (Clontech) were available for this experiment, enabling the screening of the three predominant PKC families (i.e. classical, novel and atypical PKCs). The members of the various PKC families are α, β, and γ (classical), θ (novel) and f (atypical). HeLa cells were plated out in a 24-well plate containing coverslips and transfected with PKC isoforms fused to EGFP, using a commercially available effectine-transfection kit (QIAGEN, Pty. Ltd.). Cells were exposed to the transfection reagents for 16-24 hr. Subsequently, transfected cells were treated for one hour with TPA (100 ng/mL), bryostatin-1 (5 pg/mL), PEP003 (2.25 μg/mL; 5 μM) or PEP005 (670 μg/mL) 1.5 μM). Following treatment, cells were fixed on coverslips and mounted on glass slides. The slides were subsequently examined visually by fluorescence microscopy, photographed, and over 150 cells were counted/treatment/PKC isoform. Counted cells were classified according to the localisation of the PKC-EGFP fluorescence as either cytoplasmic or plasma membrane using ImagePro™ 4.1 (Figure 5). Several cells also showed localisation to the Golgi, or similarly located cellular structure (Figure 5). The number of these cells was also counted. Results are presented as an average and standard deviation of percentages of cells (Table 1). The results presented in Figure 6 show that PKC α, β and γ are translocated from the cytoplasm to the plasma membrane in response to treatment with PEP003, PEP005 and TPA but not with bryostatin-1. As expected, the diacylglycerol-independent PKCf is not translocated in response to any treatment. PKCΘ is translocated in response to PEP003, TPA and bryostatin-1, however, PEP005 does not induce any change in the isoenzymes localization. The results also show that treatment of PKCα and γ transfected cells with TPA, PEP003 and PEP005 leads to an increase in the number of cells displaying Golgi-like fluorescence. PKCβ transfected HeLa cells treated with TPA also show an increase in Golgi-like fluorescence. In contrast, treatment with PEP005 and bryostatin-1 decreases the number of cells with PKCβ concentrated in the Golgi. The number of PKCΘ transfected HeLa cells with Golgi-like localization is increased in response to all treatments. The above results indicate that PEP003 and PEP005 induce translocation of the classical and novel PKC isoforms tested, suggesting that these compounds activate members of the classical and novel PKC families. TPA, Bryostatin-1, PEP003 and PEP005 fail to induce translocation of PKCζ, suggesting that PEP003 and PEP005 do not activate members of the atypical PKC family. Furthermore, TPA, Bryostatin-1, PEP003 and PEP005 display differences in their ability to induce translocation of the specific PKC isoforms to the plasma membrane and/or Golgi. These differences may play a role in determining the different biological actions of these compounds. EXAMPLE 3 Binding of compounds to PKC A competition assay was performed to determine whether the diterpene esters of the instant invention bind to the phorbol ester binding site of PKC. This competition assay showed that 23 μg/mL PEP003 displaced >90% [3H]-phorbol dibutyrate from binding to rat brain homogenate, used as a source of PKC (Gonzalez et al, 1999). This binding was not blocked by co-incubation with bisindolylmaleimide. These results show that PEP003 binds to the phorbol ester binding site of PKC, and bisindolylmaleimide does not. EXAMPLE 4 Activation of latent HIV infection The use of highly active anti-retroviral therapy such as combinations of reverse transcriptase inhibitors and protease inhibitors (HAART) has significantly prolonged the life of individuals infected with HIV. However, the regimen is very burdensome, requiring strict adherence to prevent a recurrence of viraemia. Long-lived cells capable of actively transcribing virus, such as CD4 + cells, act as a major latent reservoir and enable the virus to avoid anti-retroviral chemotherapy or immune system surveillance. There is, therefore, an urgent need to find an agent which activates latent virus from the infected cells. Activated virus could then be killed by aggressive anti-retroviral chemotherapy and it has been hypothesized that immune system surveillance could also be improved under these conditions. Such an agent could have utility in other disease states in which virus is sequestered in infected cells, e.g. herpes infections. Anti-cancer agents have been widely investigated as potential anti-HIV agents. Several PKC activators have been shown to activate latent retroviruses. For example, PMA has been shown to activate latent HIV in monocytes (Tobiume et al, 1998). However, PMA is a known tumor promoter. A latently HIV-l infected cell line (UI), derived from the promonocytic cell line U937 after infection with HIV-l LAI strain, was used in these experiments. In the absence of activation, no or little virus (measured as p24 production) is produced by the UI cell line. Phorbol esters are known to activate virus production from these cells (Tobiume et al, 1998) and so TPA/PMA was used as a positive control in these experiments. UI cells were cultured in RPM1-1640 medium supplemented with 10% fetal bovine serum, 10 5 cells/mL were cultured for 20 hr in the presence and absence of various concentrations of either the phorbol ester TPA or crude E. peplus sap (PΕP001) or PΕP004 (HI) derived therefrom. Supernatants were collected and viral replication monitored by determination of the amounts of HIV p24 gag protein in the culture supernatants by ELISA, using a NEN Life Science HIV-l p24 ELISA kit. p24 values were calculated from OD values using a standard curve. TPA, the crude sap (PEP001) from E. peplus and the PEP004 fraction all activated HIV from UI cells, as illustrated in Figure 7. The crude sap (PEP001) was 50 times less active than TPA. The PEP004 fraction was 1000 times less active than TPA. EXAMPLE 5 Lytic HIV activity inhibited by PEP003 andPEP004 The human immunodeficiency virus (HIV), a retrovirus, is the cause of the fourth greatest killing disease in the world, infecting more than 36 million people. A number of anti- retroviral compounds have been approved for clinical use, but many HIV strains have developed resistance to these drugs. There is clear and immediate need for new anti- retroviral compounds. Experiments were conducted to assess the effect of the compounds of the instant invention on HIV-l replication in acutely infected T cells. Peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMC) were obtained from non-HlV-1, non-HIV-2, non-Hepatitis B/C infected donors, stimulated with phytohemagglutinin-M and grown in culture media supplemented with 10 U/mL interleukin-2. The activated PBMC were infected with 10 g (Low Titre) and 100 ng (High Titre) of CA-p24 equivalents of the HIV-strain pNL4-3. Cells were infected for two hr after which, the virus was removed and the cells were washed with culture media. Equivalent numbers of cells were seeded into 24 well plates and compounds were added to the cultured cells that included: TPA at 8 nM and 80 nM, Ingenol at 280 nM, PEP003 at 500 nM, 50 nM and 5 nM, or PEP004 at dilutions of lxlO 4 and lxlO 5 from the stock (final concentrations). In addition, uninfected activated PBMC were grown in the presence of TPA (80 nM), Ingenol (280 nM), PEP003 (500 nM) and PEP004 (lxlO 4 dilution). Other cultures were neither infected nor treated with any compound, or infected but not treated with any compound. Supernatant was removed from each culture at day 0, 3, 7, and 10. The amount of HIV-l CA-p24 was determined using a commercially available ELISA assay. Three independent experiments were performed. The data presented in Figures 8A-8D show that PEP003 reduced virus replication kinetics in a dose-dependent manner. PEP003 at concentrations of 500 nM, 50 nM and 5 nM reduced the replication rate by approximately 99.9%, 95% and 47%, respectively, relative to the untreated, infected cells. PEP004 at dilutions of lxlO 4 and lxlO 5 reduced the replication rate by approximately 66% and 15%, respectively. Viral load seemed to alter these results slightly, as higher initial inoculums of virus reduced the total inhibition of PEP003 at 500 nM or 50 nM to approximately 97% (t-test; p<0.001) or 88% (t-test; p<0.074), respectively. The control compounds Ingenol (2.8 μM) and TPA (80 nM or 8 nM) reduced HIV-l replication rates by approximately 35%, 98% and 38%, respectively. EXAMPLE 6 Enhancement of the cytomegalovirus promoter activity as a method for improving gene therapy Viruses and viral promoters especially adenovirus and CMV are used to deliver gene therapy in a range of human disease conditions. Gene expression and, hence, therapeutic effect will be enhanced if the promoters driving their transcription can be activated further by an agent. Human melanoma cells were infected with ten-fold dilutions of adenovirus 5 in culture, treated with dilutions of PEP005, PEP006, PEP008 and PEPOIO and adenovirus replication determined 2 days later by immunhistochemical detection of virus-replicating cells. Virus replication (enumerated as the number of stained cells following successive incubations with adenovirus antibody, peroxidase-conjugated protein A and peroxidase substrate) was increased by 344% with 67 ng/mL PEP005, 256% with 295 ng/mL PEP006, 248% with 226 ng/mL PEP008 and 147% with 67.5 ng/mL PEPOIO. The CMV promoter is commonly used to activate the transcription of genes in constructs transfected into a variety of cells, due to its strong transcriptional activity in a variety of human cell types. The ability of TPA to increase this activity has been demonstrated in cells undergoing non-productive infection with an adenovirus construct (Christenson et al, 1999), thus raising the possibility of increasing the production of a therapeutic protein encoded by a similar construct. Human melanoma cells (MM96L; 50,000 per microtiter well) were treated with TPA or dilutions of crude E. peplus sap, infected with a 1/20 dilution of a pool of adenovirus-5 expressing 3-galactosidase driven by the CMV promoter. After incubation for 20 hr, the wells were washed with 3x with PBS, 50 μL of chlorophenol red galactoside (GPRG) substrate solution added and the absorbance at 540 nm read after 90 min. The inventors found TPA (100 ng/mL) and crude E. peplus sap (diluted 1 in 10,000) both induced the CMV promoter activity by >3-fold. EXAMPLE 7 Activation of innate immune responses: induction ofneutrophil invasion in skin Neutrophils represent about 70% of peripheral white blood cells in humans and play a pivotal role in inflammation and the innate defense against disease (Mollinedo, 1999). Upon activation, neutrophils release superoxide radicals and granules containing a variety of enzymes and other compounds. These secretions are able to destroy invading pathogens, but also result in inflammation and associated tissue damage. The inventors found that E. peplus sap causes accumulation of neutrophils at the site of application, showing that E. peplus sap is capable of recruiting neutrophils. A mixture of active diterpenes obtained as an ether extract from E. peplus sap was applied (2 μL of 100 mg/mL in ethanol) on the skin of a nu/nu mouse. After 24 hr, the animal was sacrificed and the skin fixed in 10% formalin for sectioning and hematoxylin/eosin staining. As shown in Figures 9A and 9B, control skin showed normal skin structure with few infiltrating monocytes. The treated skin showed large numbers of infiltrating neutrophils, characterized by their polymorphic nuclei. There was no evidence of gross damage to the skin. EXAMPLE 8 Neutrophil infiltration activity Basal cell carcinoma (BCC) is the most common cancer in the Caucasian population, with the highest annual incidence globally having been recorded in Australia (Miller et al., 199 , Marks et al, 1993). New developments have begun looking at treating non- melanoma skin cancer (NMSC) using topical therapies. The essence of this therapy may rely upon the induction of an inflammatory response with infiltration of leucocytes, in particular neutrophils. To assess whether the compounds of the invention induce neutrophil infiltration, an experiment was designed on C57BL/6J mice. Twenty-four mice were divided into six groups of four mice per group. In three of these groups the mice had a B16 melanoma injected s.c. (2 sites per mouse, 5 x 10 5 cells/site), that was left to grow for 8 days to approximate tumor sizes of 5-8mm in diameter. A single application of one of all three compounds was then applied to the tumor or to normal skin. Each compound was applied on two groups of mice, one with tumor and 1 without tumor. The three compounds were PEPOIO (2 μL; 150 mM) in 10 μL of isopropanol gel (isopropyl alcohol 25% (w/w), propyl alcohol 25% (w/w)) (vehicle), PEP009 (2 μL of stock) in 10 μL of vehicle or vehicle alone as a control. One mouse from each group was then sacrificed at either 4 hr, 24 hr, 48 hr or 144 hr post single application of compound and then tissue excised and sections prepared for histology. The results at 4 hr show only minimal response with 1+ patchy neutrophils for both PEPOIO on B16 tumor and PEP009 on normal skin and 2+ neutrophils present for PEP009 on B16 tumor (Table 2). At 24 hr, there are no neutrophils present in the control groups with vehicle alone but a 4+ neutrophil infiltration with PEPOIO and PEP009 application, on both tumor and normal skin (Figures 10A and 10B). In addition, 60-85% of the superficial tumor cells were apoptotic or necrotic in the B16 groups. At 48 hr, there was a similar pattern with a 4+ neutrophil presence with PEPOIO and PEP009 application while the control groups showed an absence of neutrophils (Figures 10A and 10B). Along with the tumor cell necrosis and apoptosis, there is also evidence of some neutrophil breakdown at the 48 hour interval. The 144 hour group showed a lack of neutrophils in the control group and a presence of 2-4+ neutrophils, which were mostly now degenerate in the PEPOIO and PEP009 groups. There was extensive necrosis of tumor and skin, and clear signs of granulation tissue and early repair. This study shows that the PEPOIO and PEP009 induce a marked inflammatory infiltrate of neutrophils as compared to vehicle alone and this influx of polymorphonuclear cells may be significant in altering the growth of certain skin cancers. EXAMPLE 9 Activation of innate immune responses: induction of a respiratory burst in peripheral blood mononuclear cells Monocytes/macrophages are blood-borne and tissue cells which are usually activated by T lymphocytes and antibodies. Upon activation, they are able to phagocytose pathogens, release superoxide radicals and are an important source of cytokines. Crude E. peplus extract was shown to be able to induce the release of superoxide radicals by use of a fluorescence-activated cell sorting (FACS)-based method, in which superoxide radicals are detected by the dye dihydroethidium. In addition, phagocytic activity was activated by E. peplus, as shown by increased uptake of nitroblue tetrazolium and adherence to plastic was increased by E. peplus; this is believed to indicate activation and differentiation of macrophages. Human peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMC) prepared by standard Ficoll separation comprise approximately 5% monocytes. PBMC were incubated with dihydroethidium, a reduced form of the dye which becomes fluorescent when oxidized by a respiratory burst, then treated in 10% FCS-RPMI 1640 at 37°C for 15 min with crude E. peplus extract diluted 1/1000 or 100 ng/mL TPA and analyzed by flow cytometry using conventional methods (Handbook of Flow Cytometry Methods, p. 151). The mean channel numbers for fluorescence were 618 (controls) and 818 (E. peplus extract diluted 1/1000). These results, illustrated in Figures 11A and IIB, show that the E. peplus extract induced intracellular oxidation of the dye, typical of a respiratory burst. Phagocytic activity was determined by a conventional method (Hudson and Hay, Practical Immunology, 3 rd edition, p. 74). Cells were treated in 10% FCS-RPMI 1640 at 37°C for 20 min with introblue tetrazolium (NBT) and crude E. peplus extract (PEP001) diluted 1/1000 or 100 ng/mL TPA, followd by counting the number of blue-stained cells in a haemocytometer. The average of three fields gave figures of <2% (controls), 10% (TPA) and 8.7% (E. peplus sap) cells stained blue. This demonstrates induction of phagocytic activity, part of the normal response to infectious agents, by E. peplus sap, as shown by uptake by cells of the blue NBT precipitate. Experiments were also carried out using 2',7'-dichlorofluorescein diacetate (DCFH-DA) to measure the production of H O 2 .(JP Robinson, Oxidative burst methods, in Handbook of Flow Cytometry Methods, Wiley-Liss Inc, ppl47-149, 1993). H 2 O 2 oxidizes the non- fluorescent probe (DCFH-DA) to a fluorescent probe that can then be detected by a flow cytometer. Peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMC) were extracted from a donor blood sample by lysis of heparinized blood and used in a suspension of 1 x 10 6 /mL of phosphate buffer, pH 7.3. The cells were then incubated with DCFH-DA (1 μL/mL of 20 mM stock) for 15 minutes to allow it to be taken up and trapped by hydrolysis with cellular esterases. The cells were then stimulated by test compounds for 15 min at 37°C. Controls included in the experiment were unloaded control (cells with no DCFH-DA) and loaded control (cells with DCFH-DA, but no stimulation). These were used to monitor the non-specific oxidation of unstimulated cells. The cells were then analyzed on the flow cytometer (excitation at 488 nm, emission at 525+20 nm), gating each sample for individual cell populations - granulocytes, monocytes and lymphocytes (Table 3). All compounds except Bryostatin induced a respiratory burst, the effect being strongest in granulocytes and monocytes compared with lymphocytes. Similar results were obtained by measuring the reduction, under the same conditions, of nitroblue tetrazolium, measured as the proportion of purple-stained cells counted under the microscope. Evidence for the requirement of PKC activation was obtained by addition of bisindolylmaleimide (10 μg/mL or 1 μg/mL) at the same time as PEP005, PEP006, PEP008 and PEPOIO. This PKC inhibitor blocked the respiratory burst seen with TPA and PEP003. Phagocytosis with fluorescent beads Phagocytosis by peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMCs) was assayed (Steinkamp et al, 1982) using 1 μm Fluoresbrite™ yellow-green fluorescent latex spheres (Polysciences, Inc., Warrington, PA). A sample of whole, heparinized blood was treated with drug and 5x10E7 fluorescent latex beads in 10 μL of PBS added per mL of suspension. Cells were incubated and maintained in suspension for 30 min by means of a shaker platform at 37°C. The stimulated and non-stimulated samples were then lysed to isolate PBMCs. The PBMCs were run on the flow cytometer measuring FITC (excitation at 488 nm, emission at 525+20 nm), gated for fluorescence (phagocytosed spheres) and light scatter (cell size). The data presented in Table 4 indicate that TPA, PEP006, PEP008, PEP003 and PEP005 all stimulate phagocytosis in PBMCs. EXAMPLE 10 Activation of innate antiviral activity Many viruses, including alphaviruses, are sensitive to innate antiviral activities, which are often mediated by the activation of interferon a/β responses (Antalis et al, 1998). Such antiviral activities inhibit the ability of cells to support viral replication. For many viral infections, including those caused by Ross River virus, viral replication results in virus- induced cytophathic effect (CPE) or cell death. Treatment of human fibroblast cells with E. peplus ingenanes was shown to activate antiviral activity and prevented CPE induced by an alphavirus infection. Human skin fibroblasts (10e4/well) were seeded in 96 well plate and left overnight to adhere. An extract of E. peplus ingenanes was added at 5 μg/mL for 48 hr. An alphavirus (Ross River virus, T48) was then added at a dose of 1, 10 and 100 cell culture TD50 for 6 days (La Linn et al, 1996). The cytopathic effect of the viral infection was assayed using crystal violet staining. Protected cells stain violet, whereas cells which have suffered CPE detach from the plate, leaving the well unstained. Alphavirus-induced CPE was observed in treated cells only at a 100-fold greater dose of virus than was required to induce CPE in untreated cells, indicating that a significant degree of protection was confened by the E. peplus extract. EXAMPLE 11 Protection Against Intra-Peritoneal Streptococcal Infection: effect ofPEP003 andPEP004 on systemic group A streptococcal infection in mice Infection of humans with group A streptococcus (Streptococcus pyogenes) (GAS) can cause a variety of clinical manifestations including the relatively minor pharyngitis ("trep throat" and impetigo (superficial skin infection) to more severe invasive infections such as toxic shock syndrome and necrotizing fasciitis, both of which, may lead to multisystem organ failure. Lastly, the GAS post-infectious sequelae of rheumatic fever (RF), rheumatic heart disease (RHD) and acute glomerulonephritis (AGN) are a major problem in developing countries and indigenous populations, particularly in Australian Aboriginals. Cunent treatment for controlling GAS infection is with antibiotic therapy, however, since continual high dose administration of antibiotic is required in cases of repeated episodes of acute RF and the development of RHD, poor compliance is often associated with the persistence of these GAS-associated diseases. The development of a vaccine against GAS infection would prevent GAS-associated diseases including RF and RHD. In the absence of a vaccine, however, the development of new drugs with improved anti-bacterial activity may provide promising therapeutic agents. The inventors' aim was to test the ability of the PEP003 and PEP004 to systemically protect against GAS infection, in vivo. Mice (n=10) were treated with 50 μL of PEP003 (500 nM), PEP004 (1:100 dilution from stock) or control (PBS/10% acetone), 24 hr prior to and thereafter i.p. challenge with live GAS. Two different strains of mice (Quackenbush and B10.BR) and four different GAS strains (NS-1, PL-1, 88/30 and Ml) were used. Mice were monitored for two weeks post-challenge and the percentage survival of mice determined. Percentage survival in Quackenbush mice challenged with PL-1 GAS was 70% (PEP003), 60% (PEP004) and 40% (control) (Table 5). Control mice that had been given the same successive treatment of PEP003 and PEP004 (but not challenged) to rule out any potential adverse side effects of the compounds were then also challenged with PL-1; survival was 40%, 80%, and 20% for PEP003, PEP004 and controls, respectively (Table 6). In the latter experiment, the protective effect of PEP004 approached significance (p=0.06), however, small numbers of mice were used (n=5). In Quackenbush mice challenged with NS-1 GAS, survival was 50% for PEP003 and controls, and 80% for PEP004 (Table 5). In B10.BR mice challenged with Ml GAS, survival was 10% for controls, 30% for PEP003 and 0% for PEP004 (Table 5). In B10.BR mice challenged with 88/30 GAS, survival was 20% for controls, 30% for PEP004 and 0% for PEP003 (Table 5). The data indicate a possible protective effect of PEP004 against systemic GAS challenge in Quackenbush mice. In addition, these data indicate that a weekly treatment regimen of PEP003 and PEP004 prior to GAS challenge may be more effective. EXAMPLE 12 Anti-Escherichia coli activity ofPEP003: activation of leucocytes Blood was collected into a Sodium Heparin tube (Becton Dickinson VACUTAINER) and leucocytes prepared by lysis of red blood cells (Handbook of Flow Cytometry Methods. Robinson JP. Wiley-Liss Inc 1993. Oxidative Burst Methods H 2 O 2 DCF Assay by Flow cytometry p 147-149). Leucocytes were resuspended and divided equally into two tubes such that each tube contained 7 x 10 6 peripheral blood cells (PBCs). Both tubes were then centrifuged (Beckman, GS-6) at 1000 rpm for 10 minutes. The supernatant was removed and the volume was then adjusted to 1 mL with RPMI 1640 (Gibco BRL, antibiotic free supplemented with 10% v/v fetal bovine serum. 100 μL of PEP003 (to give a final concentration of 23 μg/mL containing 10% acetone was then added to one tube and to the other, 100 μL of PBS/10% Acetone. To each tube, 10 μL E.coli (competent cells, XL10- Blue, Stratagene) was also added (to give a ~1/100 dilution of a static culture). Both tubes were vortexed then centrifuged (Beckman, GS-6) at 2500 rpm for 10 minutes. Lids were loosened and the tubes were incubated at 37°C/5% CO 2 . Following 16 hr incubation, the tubes were vortexed. To estimate the number of E. coli, 50 μL was taken from both tubes as well as the static starter culture (stored at 4°C), transfened to Eppendorf tubes and centrifuged (Beckman, GS-15R) at 10,000 rpm for 10 minutes. Supernatant (~45 μL) was removed and the pellet resuspended in the remaining ~5 μL. A smear was made on a glass slide using the 5 μL bacterial suspension and stained using Quick Dip (Histo.Labs, Riverstone, Australia), a modified method of the Wright- Giemsa stain, which stains bacteria blue. E. coli were counted using a conventional light microscope (x 400) with an eyepiece micrometer (100 μm x 100 μm). This count was then adjusted to give a total count in the smear (area = 12.5x10 μm ) and expressed as the number of E. coli per mL. Another method of measuring growth of E. coli was to read the absorbance (595 nm) of the supernatant. The results presented in Figures 12 and 13 show that treatment of leucocytes with PΕP003 results in a significant reduction in bacterial numbers. EXAMPLE 13 Treatment of ringworm Ringworm is a subcutaneous mycosis or dermatophytosis caused by fungi of the species Trichophyton, Microsporum and Epidermophyton, in which the infection is confined to the keratinous structures of the body. A two week old ringworm lesion, determined to be Trichophyton mentagrophytes var. mentagrophytes by culture, on the volar surface of the forearm of an adult male human was treated with a single topical application of crude E. peplus extract and was shown to resolve after seven days. Resolution of such lesions in the absence of treatment does occur, but is considered extremely rare. EXAMPLE 14 Treatment for bites of blood-sucking insects The bites of blood sucking insects such as mosquitos and sand flies often cause an itchy inflammatory reaction at the site of the bite. Although the extract mechanism of this reaction is poorly understood, mast cells and histamine release are likely components of this reaction (Greaves and Wall, 1996; Horsmanheimo et al, 1996). In preliminary experiments, the inventors treated human sand fly bites with E. peplus extract and found a rapid reduction in the itchy sensation compared to untreated bits at a distant site. Without wishing to be bound by any proposed mechanism, the inventors believe that the E. peplus extract may strongly stimulate mast cell exocytosis and histamine release and thereby prevent the slow release over time of these compounds, a feature associated with itchiness. EXAMPLE 15 Promoter activation as a means of therapy: effect ofPEP003 andPEP004 on activation of EBV infected cell lines and EBV positive Burkitt's lymphoma cell lines Initially the effect of PEP003 and PEP004 was tested on the B95-8 cell line (an EBV positive marmoset cell line that is used worldwide as one of the best EBV producers). This cell line was treated with each of these compounds (at different concentrations) for 3 days and 7 days, respectively, and activation of EBV virus production was measured by the appearance of a viral capsid antigen (VCA) on western blots. Also, as a comparison, EBV was activated in this cell line with TPA. To ensure that equal amounts of each sample were analyzed, the gels were stained with Coomassie blue and the loadings were adjusted to make them equal. Analyses of VCA in each of the samples showed that both PEP003 and PEP004 were capable of activating EBV (at all of the concentrations used) to similar levels as using 65 nM TPA (Figure 14). Next the PEP003 and PEP004 were assayed on two Burkitt's lymphoma cell lines and an LCL. This time only concentrations of 10 "5 and 10 "7 were used. Neither PEP003 and PEP004 had much effect on the LCL (this LCL produces some VCA without and chemical induction and this was not increased by these compounds). PEP004 had no effect on VCA production in any of the cell lines used. However, PEP003 did induce high levels of VCA in both Burkitt's lymphoma cell lines (MutuI and BL74), but only at 10 5 concentration (Figure 15). Similar results were obtained when the cell lines were assayed for induction of BZLF1, the initial transactivator of EBV replication (Figure 16). The results show that PEP003 was capable of activating EBV in Burkitt's lymphoma cell lines, but appeared to have little effect on LCLs. In conclusion, (1) both TPA and PEP003 can modulate gene expression in EBV transformed tumor cells at the doses used; (2) while PEP003 induced VCA in MutuI cells TPA did not, indicating different modes of action; (3) surprisingly, there was no apparent effect of PEP003 on lymphoblastoid cells, indicating potential for activating latent herpesvirus in tumors without affecting the normal infection. EXAMPLE 16 Investigation into the effect ofPEP003 on the ability of melanoma cells to stimulate NK activity Melanomas and other cancers can be killed by both specific (T cell-mediated) and nonspecific (natural killer cell and other mechanisms) arms of the immune response. These killer cells can be generated in vitro by stimulating peripheral blood T cells from selected melanoma patients with melanoma cells derived from the same patient ("autologous"). Natural killer cells can be recognized by their lysis of the natural killer-sensitive cell line K562. It has been theorized that some anti-tumor agents alter the susceptibility of melanomas to immune responses. Peripheral blood lymphocytes from patient A02, who has a strong specific T cell response to her own melanoma cells (A02-M), were thawed and stimulated by inadiated A02-M pre-treated overnight at 37°C with (a) PEP003 (2.25 μg/mL; 50 μM); (b) TPA (100 ng/mL); or (c) control solvent/buffer, and washed x2 before addition to responding lymphocytes (washing x 2 achieves a residual agent dilution of x 100,000). After 10 days of culture, the stimulated cells were harvested and used as effectors against an NK- sensitive cell line (K562) to test for the level of NK activity generated in culture. All determinations were performed in triplicate, at E:T ratios of 45, 15, 5 and 1.7:1. A standard 5 hour 51 Cr release assay was performed. Stimulations were performed in 10% fetal bovine serum RPMI-1640. The results presented in Table 7 and Figure 17 indicate that pre-treatment of melanoma cells with PEP003 significantly increases the lysis of K562 compared to both TPA and the control treatment at the E:T ratio of 45:1 (PO.01 in both cases), suggesting that PEP003 increases NK activity in A02 cultures. EXAMPLE 17 Methods for obtaining a low-chlorophyll, hydrophobic fraction from E. peplus and other plant species Standard methods for the isolation of hydrophobic compounds from plants involve alcoholic extraction of the whole plant. This produces an extract containing chlorophyll and other hydrophobic substances from the leaves that interfere with subsequent purification of compounds by solvent extractions and chromatography. This is a particular problem in isolating highly bioactive diterpenes from members of the Euphorbiaceae family, due to co-migration with chlorophyll on silica gel chromatography. Two methods, both of which can be scaled up for economical, commercial production, have been developed to overcome this problem, as described in the present Example and in Example 18. Fresh E. peplus plants (17 kg) were chopped and soaked in 150 litres of water at 4°C for 20 hr. The water was pumped through 50 and 100 mesh sieves, filtered through 5 and 2 micron filters and then recirculated through a 100 mm diameter column of Amberlite XAD-16 (1.5 kg, conditioned successively with ethyl acetate, methanol and water) at 4°C (approximately 1.2 L/min) for 72 hr. Adsorption of bioactivity to the resin was found to be virtually complete within 20 hr. The resin was then washed successively with water and 50% methanol, then eluted with IL of methanol, followed by 2 x IL acetone. The eluates were evaporated and combined to give approximately 7 g of a thick oil. This was shown by HPTLC to be substantially free of chlorophyll and to contain the desired ingenane esters which were then purified as described below. The ability to extract diterpene esters from chopped plants in water was surprising given their relative hydrophobicity and water insolubility. A variety of manual (cutting with scissors) and mechanical (rotary cutters, motor-driven mulcher) plant maceration methods were successful, as was extraction at room temperature. Adsorption to the XAD-16 could be achieved by stirring the resin with the filtered or unfiltered water extract and then pouring off the latter. Filtration could also be carried out with minimal loss of bioactivity using diatomaceous earth, or membrane filters (220-650 microns). XAD-7 and XAD-4 were as effective as XAD-16. The hydrophobic adsorbent polyamide (ICN Biomedical Research Products) was also used to trap the diterpenes from water; it had the advantage of allowing the diterpene esters to be selectively eluted with 50-80% methanol, thus separating them from inactive, hydrophobic compounds, which remained on the column. EXAMPLE 18 Method for separation of ingenane esters from other diterpenes The following method is based upon the surprising discovery that the stems of E. peplus contain approximately 90% of the bioactive diterpenes and significantly less chlorophyll compared with the leaves. The plants are dried in air, shaken to remove the leaves and the stems compressed and covered with an equal weight of methanol for 24 hr. The solvent is then poured off, evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure and the residue dissolved in methanol for chromatography on Sephadex HL20 as described below. This method is also suitable for isolation of low-chlorophyll fractions from other plant species. A solution of crude methanol extract from E. peplus in 4 mL.90% ethanol was loaded onto a 25 mm x 1000 mm column and eluted with 90% methanol. Fractions (4 mL) were analysed by HPTLC (silica gel, developed with 4:1 toluene: acetone and heated with phosphoric acid at 110 degrees for 15 min). Typically, fractions 54-63 contained jatrophane and pepluane esters and fractions 64-77 the ingenane esters, thus achieving satisfactory separation. Bioactivity, as judged by induction of bipolar morphology in the human melanoma cell line MM96L, was retained, as for example disclosed in PCT/AU98/00656. This separation was surprising because the polarity of the ingenane esters as judged by HPTLC on silica completely overlapped the range shown by the jatrophane and pepluane esters. EXAMPLE 19 Process for the purification of diterpene esters from E. peplus Crude extracts obtained by the methods according to Examples 17 or 18 above, or by ether extraction of latex, were fractionated by Sephadex HL-20 chromatography (as above). Appropriate fractions from the latter were combined, the methanol evaporated under reduced pressure and the remaining water removed by freeze-drying or by ether extraction. This sample (200 μL of 100 mg/mL in methanol per injection) was fractionated by HPLC on a Phenomenex Luna 250 x 10 mm C18 column with a Phenomenex guard column in 70-100% methanol at 2 mL/min, with detection at 230 nm. Jatrophane and pepluane esters appeared at 25-42 min, PEP005 at 42-44 min, PEP008 at 46-50 min, and PEP006 at 50-54 min. Similar types of separation have been obtained by HPLC on C3 and C8 columns. Fractions pooled from repeated runs were evaporated to dryness (rotary evaporater or freeze dryer), and stored in acetone at -20° C under argon or nitrogen. EXAMPLE 20 Activation of leukocytes by diterpene esters, for selective killing of human tumor cells in culture Leukocytes obtained by lysis of human peripheral blood were added to 5000 MM96L human melanoma cells or 7000 neonatal foreskin fibroblasts per microtitre well at effector: target ratios of 1000, 100 and 10: 1. Ing9 (60 ng/mL) was added and after 48 hr incubation the cultures were washed and labelled with [3H]-thymidine for 2 hr. At 100:1 ratio of effector:target cells, the melanoma cells showed 9% survival with PEP008 whereas the normal fibroblasts had 100% survival. Untreated leukocytes had no effect on cell survival. These results indicate that the diterpene esters of the invention activate human peripheral blood leukocytes to produce, in a PKC-dependent manner, phagocytosis and a respiratory burst which are potentially lethal to micro-organisms and other cells. This example shows that drug-activated, PKC-dependent processes can direct tumor- specific killing by cells of the innate immune system. EXAMPLE 21 Pretreatment of human tumor cells in culture with diterpene esters potentiates selective killing by untreated leukocytes The question of whether drug treatment of the target tumor cells causes them to become susceptible to effector cells of the immune system was addressed as follows. Leukocytes obtained by lysis of human peripheral blood were added to 5000 MM96L human melanoma cells or 7000 neonatal foreskin fibroblasts per microtitre well at effector: target ratios of 1000, 100 and 10:1. The target cells had been treated with 60 ng/mL PEP008 for 20 hr beforehand, and washed and the medium replaced before the leukocytes were added. After 48 hr incubation with the leukocytes the cultures were washed and labelled with [3H] -thymidine for 2 hr. At 100:1 ratio of effector:target cells, the melanoma cells showed 12% survival with PEP008 whereas the normal fibroblasts had 100% survival. Untreated leukocytes had no effect on cell survival. This result showed that the drugs also act by making tumor cells specifically sensitive to lysis by the immune system. EXAMPLE 22 Topical composition A for the treatment of conditions affecting skin (e.g. infections, skin cancers) Tinctures: Compounds of the invention were diluted into acetone, ethanol or isopropanol to the same final bioactivity as the E. peplus latex as measured by bipolar activity in MM96L human melanoma cells (10 million bp units per mL). Samples (2-5 μL) were applied daily for 3 days to the surface of mouse melanoma B16 tumor 3-5 days after implanting s.c. 1 million cells on the flanks of nude mice. Efficacy, defined as 67% or more sites cured, was obtained for E. peplus sap, PEP005, PEP008 and a mixture of PEP005, PEP006 and PEP008. EXAMPLE 23 Topical composition Bfor the treatment of conditions affecting skin (e.g. infections, skin cancers) Creams and gels: A variety of hydrophobic cream bases was found to be ineffective when used to deliver compounds to the skin as described above for the tinctures. Efficacy was obtained with the use of an isopropanol gel, formulated as described for the tinctures. The results show that E. peplus sap and its terpenoid components activate PKC, with consequent potential to induce a wide range of cellular responses without the high tumor promoting activity of TPA. The carboxypeptidase activity may have application in enhancement of tissue penetration and in antigen processing for optimal immune responses. Overall, the results indicate that E. peplus extract induces a set of cellular responses with affects PKC, cell cycle genes and inflammatory mediators, some but by no means all of which are similar to the action of TPA. In particular, the results indicate that E. peplus sap and its terpenoid components are useful in the treatment of a variety of infections and as adjuvants for stimulating immune responses. EXAMPLE 24 Effect of saps derived from other members of the Euphorbiaceae family on MM96L cells Sap was collected from Synadenium grantii, Synadenium compactum, Mondenium lugardae, Mondenium guentheri, Endadenium gossweileni, and E. peplus and serially diluted ten-fold up to 10 "7 into sterile 1.5 mL Eppendorf™ tubes using growth medium. Ten-microlitre aliquots of each dilution, in the presence or absence of the PKC inhibitor bisindolylmaleimide (1 μg/mL or 10 μg/mL), were added to 5000 MM96L cells per well of a microtitre plate. After 3 days, cells were examined for cytotoxicity or differentiation to a bipolar dendritic phenotype. The results presented in Table 8 show that the saps of S. grantii, S. compactum, M. lugardae, M. guentheri, and E. gossweileni, like that of E. peplus, induce the differentiation of MM96L cells to a bipolar phenotype and that this differentiation is inhibited by the bisindolylmaleimide. This inhibition strongly suggests that the active components of the saps induce cell differentiation by inhibition of PKC activity. The results also show that at higher concentrations (10 ~4 and above), the saps are effective in killing MM96L cells. EXAMPLE 25 Effect of saps derived from other members of the Euphorbiaceae family on JAM cells The saps of Example 24 were also examined for their cytotoxic effect on the ovarian carcinoma cell line JAM. Ten-microlitre aliquots of each dilution of sap, prepared according to Example 24 in the presence or absence of the PKC inhibitor bisindolylmaleimide (10 μg/mL), or in the presence or absence of the PKC phorbol ester binding site ligand phorbol dibutyrate, were added to 5000 JAM cells per well of a microtitre plate. After three days, the cells were fixed with ethanol and the number of cells compared with untreated controls stained with sulfurhodamine B. The results presented in Figures 18A and 18B indicate that, like the sap of E.peplus, the saps of S. grantii, S. compactum, M. lugardae, M. guentheri, and E. gossweileni, at concentrations of 10 "4 and above, are effective in killing JAM cells. These results also show that cytotoxicity is inhibited by bisindolylmaleimide, suggesting that this effect is mediated by modulation of PKC. Inspection of Figure 18C reveals that the cytotoxic effects of saps derived from M. guentheri and E. gossweileni were blocked in the presence of phorbol dibutyrate, suggesting that the active components of these saps mediate their cytotoxicity by binding to the phorbol ester binding site of PKC. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that the invention described herein is susceptible to variations and modifications other than those specifically described. It is to be understood that the invention includes all such variations and modifications. The invention also includes all of the steps, features, compositions and compounds refened to or indicated in this specification, individually or collectively, and any and all combinations of any two or more of said steps or features. TABLE 1 TABLE 2 When underlying tumor is present, there is significant necrosis of overyling skin, in comparison to normal skin TABLE 3 TABLE 4 Flow cytometric detection of phagocytosis by fluorescent microspheres TABLE 5 TABLE 6 TABLE 7 TABLE 8 MM96L Biolar assay I oo BIBLIOGRAPHY Antalis et al, J Exp. Med. 187: 1799-1811, 1998. Christenson et al, Endothelium 7: 75-82, 1999. Elliott et al, Vaccine 17: 2009-2019, 1999. Evans & Osman, Nature 250: 348, 1974. Fatope et al, J. Med. Chem. 39: 1005-1008, 1996. Gonzalez et al, Melanoma Res. 9: 599-606, 1999. Greaves and Wall, Lancet 348(9032): 938-940, 1996. Gundidza and Kufa, Centr. Afr. J. Med. 38: 444-447, 1992. Hecker "Cocarcinogens from Euphorbiaceae and Thymeleaceae" in "Symposium on Pharmacognosy and Phytochemistry", 147-165, (Wagner et al, eds., Springer Verlag, 1970). Horsmanheimo et al, J. Allergy Clin. Immunol. 98: 408-411, 1996. hnai et al, Anticancer Res. 14: 933-936, 1994. La Linn et al, J. Gen. Virol. 77: 407-412, 1996. Marks et al, Int. J. Cancer 53(4): 585-590, 1993. Matsushita et al, Int. J. Hematol 72(1): 20-7, 2000. Miller et al, J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 30(5): 774-778, 1974. Mollinedo, Immunol Today 20(12): 535-7, 1999. Murali-Krishna et al, Immunity 8: 177-187, 1998 Oksuz et al, Phytochemistry 42: 473-478, 1996. Platzbecker et al, Transplantation 71(7): 880-885, 2001. Starvic and Stolz, Food Cosmet. Toxicol. 14: 141, 1976. Steinkamp et al, Science 215: 64-66, 1982. Tobiume et al. J. Gen. Virol. 79: 1363-1371, 1998. Westphal et al, Cancer Res 60(20): 5781-5788, 2000.

Claims: CLAΓMS 1. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of an inflammatory condition in a subject, said method comprising the administration to said subject of a symptom- ameliorating effective amount of a chemical agent obtainable from a plant of the Euphorbiaceae family or a derivative or chemical analogue thereof which chemical agent is a macrocyclic diterpene selected from compounds of the ingenane, pepluane and jatrophane families and which chemical agent or derivative or chemical analogue is represented by any one of the general formulae (I) - (V):- wherein: n is 0-10 atoms selected from carbon, oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, phosphorus, silicon, boron, arsenic and selenium, wherein the ring defined by said atoms is saturated or unsaturated, including epoxides and thioepoxides; A-T are independently selected from hydrogen, Ri, R 2 , R 3 , F, Cl, Br, I, CN, OR SRi, NRiR 2 , N(=O) 2 , NR 1 OR 2 , ONRιR 2 , SORi, SO2R1, SO3R1, SONR 1 R 2 , SO 2 NRιR 2 , SO 3 NR!R 2 , P(R 3 , P(=O)(R 3 , Si(Rι) 3> B(Rι) 2 , (C=X)R 3 or X(C=X)R 3 where X is selected from sulfur, oxygen and nitrogen; Ri and R are each independently selected from C 1 -C 20 alkyl (branched and/or straight chained), C 1 -C 20 arylalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 6 -C 14 aryl, Ci-C 14 heteroaryl, CrC 14 heterocycle, C 2 -Cι 0 alkenyl (branched and/or straight chained), C 2 -C 10 alkynyl (branched and/or straight chained), Ci-C 10 heteroarylalkyl, - o alkoxyalkyl, Ci-Cio haloalkyl, dihaloalkyl, trihaloalkyl, haloalkoxy, Ci-Cio [CN, OR SRi, NRiR 2 , N(=O) 2 , NRiOR 2 , ONRiR 2 , SOR ls SO 2 R , SO 3 R1, SO R1R 2 , SO 2 NR 1 R 2 , SO 3 NRiR 2 , P(Rι) 3> P(=0)(Rι) 3 , Si(Rι) 3 , B(R 1 ) 2 ]alkyl; R 3 is selected from R R 2 , CN, COR ls CO 2 Rι, OR l5 SR b NRiR 2 , N(=O) 2 , NR!OR 2 , ONR 1 R 2 , SOR u SO 2 R ls SO 3 R l5 SONR 1 R 2 , SO 2 NRiR 2 , SO 3 NRιR 2 , P(Rι) 3 , P(=O)(R 1 ) 3 , Si(Rι) 3 , B(Rι) 2 ; A connected to B (or C), D (or E), R (or Q_), P (or O) or S (or T) is a selection of Cι-C 8 disubstituted (fused) saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic rings further substituted by R 3 , (C=X)R 3 and X(C=X)R 3 , including epoxides and thioepoxides; J connected to I (or H), G (or F), K (or L), M (or N) or S (or T) is a selection of Ci-C δ disubstituted (fused) saturated and unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic rings further substituted by R 3 , (C=X)R 3 and X(C=X)R 3 , including epoxides and thioepoxides; D (or E) connected to B (or C) or G (or F); I (or H) connected to G (or F); P (or O) connected to R (or Q) or M (or N); K (or L) connected to N (or M) is a selection of C disubstituted (fused) saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic rings substituted by R 3 , (C=X)R 3 and X(C=X)R 3 , including epoxides and thioepoxides; B and C, D and E, R and Q, P and O, I and H, G and F, K and L, M and N or S and T are =X where X is selected from sulfur, oxygen, nitrogen, NR 1 R 2 , and =CRiR 2 wherein: n is 0-10 atoms selected from carbon, oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, phosphorus, silicon, boron, arsenic and selenium, wherein the ring defined by said atoms is saturated or unsaturated, including epoxides and thioepoxides; A'-T' are independently selected from hydrogen, R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , F, Cl, Br, I, CN, COR , CO 2 R 4 , OR 4 , SR 4 , MURs, CONRiRs, N(=O) 2 , NP^ORs, ONR 4 R 5 , SORJ, SO 2 R4, SO 3 R 4 , SONRα^s, SOzNRjRs, SOsN , P(R 4 ) 3 , P(=O)(R4) 3 , Si(R 4 ) 3 , B( 4) 2 , (C=X)R 6 or X(C=X)R 6 where X is selected from sulfur, oxygen and nitrogen; R 4 and R 5 are each independently selected from Ci-C 2 Q alkyl (branched and/or straight chained), Cι-C 20 arylalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 6 -C 14 aryl, Ci-C 14 heteroaryl, -C 14 heterocycle, C 2 -C 10 alkenyl (branched and/or straight chained), C 2 -Cιo alkynyl (branched and/or straight chained), -C 10 heteroarylalkyl, C o alkoxyalkyl, C o haloalkyl, dihaloalkyl, trihaloalkyl, haloalkoxy, C1-C 10 [CN, OR4, SR 4 , NR4R5, N(=O) 2 , N tORs, O F Rs, SOR4, SO2R4, SO 3 R 4 , SONRjRs, SO 2 NR 4 R 5 , SOsN tRs, P(R4) 3 , P(=O)(R4) 3 , Si(R4) 3 , B(R 4 ) 2 ]alkyl; Re is selected from R 4 , R 5 , CN, CORj, CO^, O i, SR 4 , N t Rs, N(=O) 2 , NE^ORs, ONR4R5, SOR4, SO 2 R4, SO 3 R 4 , SON iRs, SO 2 NR 4 R 5 , SOsN jRs, Pf ^s, P O)(R 4 ) 3 , Si(R 4 )3, B(R 4 ) 2 ; E and Rl or HI and 0 is a C 2 -C 8 saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring system further substituted by R 6 , including epoxides and thioepoxides; 01 connected to Ml (or Nl) or Ql (or F); Rl connected to Q (or F) or SI (or H); S_l (or H) connected to Al (or B_l); Al (or B_l) connected to Cl (or Dl); El connected to Cl (or D ) or F (or G_l); HI connected to F; F connected to F; F connected to Kl; Kl connected to F; F connected to Ml (or Nl) are -Cs disubstituted (fused) saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring systems further substituted by R 6 , (C=X)R 6 and X(C= : X)R 6 , including epoxides and thioepoxides; Al, B_l and Cl, Dl and F, Gl and Ml, Nl and F, Ql and SI, H are =X where X is selected from sulfur, oxygen, nitrogen, NRφ s, (C=X)R 6 , X(C=X)R 6 , and =CR 7 R 8 ; R 7 and R 8 are each independently selected from Re, (C=X)R δ and X(C=X)R 6 wherein: n is 0-10 atoms selected from carbon, oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, phosphorus, silicon, boron, arsenic and selenium, wherein the ring defined by said atoms is saturated or unsaturated, including epoxides and thioepoxides; A^T 1 are independently selected from hydrogen, R 9 , R 10 , Rπ, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, OR 9 , SR 9 , NR 9 R 10 , N(=O) 2 , NR 9 OR 10 , ONR 9 R 10 , SOR 9 , SO 2 R 9 , SO 3 R 9 , SONR 9 R 10 , SO 2 NR 9 R 10 , SO 3 NR 9 R 10 , P(R 9 ) 3 , P(=O)(R 9 ) 3 , Si(R 9 ) 3 , B(R 9 ) 2 , (C=X)R π or X(C=X)R π where X is selected from sulfur, oxygen and nitrogen; R 9 and R 10 are each independently selected from C 1 -C 0 alkyl (branched and straight chained), C 1 -C 20 arylalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 6 -C 14 aryl, Ci-C 14 heteroaryl, Cι-C 14 heterocycle, C 2 -C 10 alkenyl (branched and straight chained), C 2 -C 10 alkynyl (branched and straight chained), Ci-Cio heteroarylalkyl, Ci-Cio alkoxyalkyl, Ci-Cio haloalkyl, dihaloalkyl, trihaloalkyl, haloalkoxy, Ci-Cio [CN, OR 9 , SR 9 , NR 9 R 10 , N(=O) 2 , NR 9 OR 10 , ONR 9 R 10 , SOR 9 , SO 2 R 9 , SO 3 R 9 , SONR 9 R 10 , SO 2 NR 9 R 10 , SO 3 NR 9 R 10 , P(R 9 ) 3 , P(=O)(R 9 ) 3 , Si(R 9 ) 3 , B(R 9 ) 2 ]alkyl; Rπ is selected from R 9 , R 10 , CN, COR 9 , CO 2 R 9 , OR 9 , SR 9 , NR 9 R 10 , N(=O) 2 , NR 9 OR 10 , ONR 9 R 10 , SOR 9 , SO 2 R 9 , SO 3 R 9 , SONR 9 R I0 , SO 2 NR 9 Rιo, SO 3 NR 9 R 10 , P(R 9 ) 3 , P(=O)(R 9 ) 3 , Si(R 9 ) 3 , B(R 9 ) 2 ; B 1 and Rl, E_l and l and fil and Ml are selected from a C 2 -C 8 saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring system further substituted by Rπ, including epoxides and thioepoxides; A (or A?) connected to Al . (or l) or T^ (or S_l); B_l connected to Al (or Al) or Cl (or D_l). E_l connected to H_or C_l (or D_l); ϊl connected to ll (or F ); Gl (or H ) connected to El (or F_l) or ll (or Jl); Kl (or Ll) connected to ll (or l) or Ml; Ml connected to & (or Nl); O^ connected l (or Nl) or P_l (or Ql); Rl connected P_l (or Qi) or si (or ll) are -Cs disubstituted (fused) saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring systems further substituted by Rπ, (C=X)Rπ and X(C=X)Rπ, including epoxides and thioepoxides; Ai, A and A, A and C_l, p_l and F_l, E and Gl, Hi and ll, ll and Kl, Ll and N 1 , O 1 and P_l, Ql and S_l, j are =X where X is selected from sulfur, oxygen, nitrogen, NR 9 R 10 , including (C=X)R n and X(C=X)R π , and =CR i2 R 13 ; Rπ and R 13 are independently selected from Rπ, (C=X)Rπ and X(C=X)Rπ wherein: n is 0-10 atoms selected from carbon, oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, phosphorus, silicon, boron, arsenic and selenium, wherein the ring defined by said atoms is saturated or unsaturated, including epoxides and thioepoxides; A 2 -X 2 are independently selected from hydrogen, R 14 , R 15 , R 16 , F, Cl, Br, I, CN, OR14, SRu, NR 14 R 15 , N(=O) 2 , NR 14 OR 15 , ONR 14 R 15 , SOR 14 , SO 2 R 14 , SO 3 R 14 , SONR 14 R 15 , SO 2 NR 14 R 15 , SO 3 NR 14 R 15 , P(Rι 4 ) 3 , P(=O)(R 14 ) 3 , Si(R 14 ) 3 , B(R 14 ), (C=Y)R 16 or Y(C=Y)R 16 where Y is selected from sulfur, oxygen and nitrogen; R 14 and R15 are each independently selected from C 1 -C 20 alkyl (branched and/or straight chained), C 1 -C 20 arylalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 6 -Cι aryl, Cι-C 14 heteroaryl, C 1 - 4 heterocycle, C 2 -C 10 alkenyl (branched and/or straight chained), C 2 -C 10 alkynyl (branched and/or straight chained), C Cio heteroarylalkyl, -C 10 alkoxyalkyl, C Cio haloalkyl, dihaloalkyl, trihaloalkyl, haloalkoxy, C C^ [CN, OR 14 , SR 14 , NR 14 R 10 , N(=O) 2 , NR 14 ORi5, ONR 14 R 15 , SOR 14 , SO 2 Rι 4 , SO 3 R 14 , SONR 14 R 15 , SOzNRi^s, SO 3 NR 14 Rι 5 , P(R 14 ) 3 , P(=O)(R 14 ) 3 , Si(R 14 ) 3 , B(R 14 ) 2 ]alkyl; R 16 is selected from R 14 , R 15 , CN, COR 14 , CO 2 R 15 , OR 14 , SR 14 , NR 1 R 15 , N(=O) 2 , NR 14 OR 15 , ONRι 4 R 15 , SOR 14 , SO 2 R 14 , SO 3 R 14 , SONR 14 R 15 , SO 2 NR 14 R 15 , SO 3 NRi4Rι 5 , P(Rι ) 3 , P(=O)(R 14 ) 3 , Si(R 14 ) 3 , B(R 14 ) 2 ; Jϊf and Vf , Hf and S 2 . , and i and Pf are C 2 -C 8 saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring system further substituted by Rι 6 , including epoxides and thioepoxides; A 2 (or B 2 . ) connected to Cf (or p ) or W 2 . (or X 2 . ); Ef connected to Cf (or pf) or F (or Gf); Hf_connected to Ff (or Gf) or if; £ connected to jf (or K 2 ); if (or Mf) connected to jf (or K 2 ) or Nf (or Of ); gf (or Qf) connected to Pf or S ; Vf connected to Uf (or jf) or W 2 . (or Xf) are Ci-C 8 disubstituted (fused) saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring systems further substituted by R 16 , (C=Y)R 16 and Y(C=Y)R 16 , including epoxides and thioepoxides; Δ , S ; C , pf ; F , Gf ; jf , K 2 ; if, Mf ; Nf , Of ; Q 2 . , Rf ; Uf, jf and Xf , Wf are =Y where Y is selected from sulfur, oxygen, nitrogen, NRι 4 R 15 and =CR 1 R 18 ; Rι 7 and R 18 are independently selected from R 16 , (C=Y)R 16 and Y(C=Y)R 16 wherein: n is 0-10 atoms selected from carbon, oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, phosphorus, silicon, boron, arsenic and selenium, wherein the ring defined by said atoms is saturated or unsaturated, including epoxides and thioepoxides; A 3 -Z 3 are independently selected from hydrogen, Rι 9 , R 20 , R 21 , F, Cl, Br, I, CN, OR 19 , SR 19 , NR 19 R 20 , N(=O) 2 , NR 19 OR 20 , ONR 19 R 20 , SOR 19 , SO 2 R 19 , SO 3 R 19 , SONR 19 R 20 , SO 2 NR 19 R 20 , SO 3 NR 19 R 20 , P(Rι 9 ) 3 , P(=O)(R 19 ) 3 , Si(R 19 ) 3 , B(R 19 ) 2 , (C=0)R 21 or 0(C=0)R 21 where 0 is sulfur, oxygen and nitrogen ; R 19 and R 0 are each independently selected from -C 20 alkyl (branched and/or straight chained), C 1 -C 20 arylalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 6 -Ci 4 aryl, C C^ heteroaryl, Ci-Cw heterocycle, C 2 -C 10 alkenyl (branched and/or straight chained), C 2 -C 10 alkynyl (branched and/or straight chained), C C^ heteroarylalkyl, -Cio alkoxyalkyl, - o haloalkyl, dihaloalkyl, trihaloalkyl, haloalkoxy, Ci- o [CN, OR 19 , SR 19 , NR 19 R 20 , N(=O) 2 , NR 19 OR 20 , ONR 19 R 20 , SOR 19 , SO 2 R 19 , SO 3 R 19 , SONR 19 R 20 , SO 2 NR 19 R 2 o, SO 3 NR 19 R 20 , P(R 19 ) 3 , P(=O)(R 19 ) 3 , Si(R 19 ) 3 , B(R 19 ) 2 ]alkyl; R 21 is selected from R 19 , R 20 , CN, COR 19 , CO 2 R 19 , OR 19 , SR 19 , NR 19 R 20 , N(=O) 2 , NR 19 OR 20 , ONR 19 R 20 , SOR 19 , SO 2 R 19 , SO 3 R 19 , SONR 19 R 20 , SO 2 NR 19 R 20 , SO 3 NR 19 R 20 , P(R 19 ) 3 , P(=O)(R 19 ) 3 , Si(R 19 ) 3 , B(R 19 ) 2 ; D 3 connected to Xf is a C 2 -C 8 saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring system further substituted by R 21 , including epoxides and thioepoxides; Af (or A 3 ) connected to B£ (or C ) or Zf (or ); pf connected to B 3 . (or C or gf (or F ); Gf (or gf ) connected to E (or F ) or £ (or ?); Lf (or Kf) connected to f (or jf) or Mf (or N ); Of (or O 3 . ) connected to Nf (or M 3 . ) or P (or Ql). S 3 . (or R 3 ) connected to Qf (or P 3 . ) or Jjf (or jf). Wf (or V ) connected to Lj (or T 3 . ) or X*; Xf connected to Y 3 . (or Z 3 . ) are Cι-C 8 disubstituted (fused) saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring systems further substituted by R 21 , (C= 0)R 21 and 0 (C= 0)R 21 , including epoxides and thioepoxides; Δ , A 3 . ; B 3 . , C ; E , F ; G , g ; if, j ; K 3 , if; Mf, N ; O , O 3 . ; Q 3 . , Pf , Sf, g , U 3 , jf , W 3 . , Vf, and Z , Yf are =0 where 0 is selected from sulfur, oxygen, nitrogen, NR 19 R 20 , and =CR 22 R 23 ; and R 22 and R 23 are selected from R 21 , (C= 0)R 21 and 0(C= 0)R 21 ; and which chemical agent or derivative or chemical analogue thereof is capable of modulating PKC activity, PKC-dependent gene expression or PKC enzyme turnover and wherein said chemical agent or its derivatives or chemical analogues is administered for a time and under conditions sufficient to ameliorate one or more symptoms associated with said inflammatory condition. 2. A method according to Claim 1 wherein the chemical agent is represented by the general formula (VI):- wherein:- R 2 4, R 25 and R 26 are independently selected from hydrogen, R 27 , R 28 , F, Cl, Br, I, CN, OR 27 , SR 27 , NR 27 R 28 , N(=O) 2 , NR 27 OR 28 , ONR 27 R 28 , SOR 27 , SO 2 R 27 , SO 3 R 27 , SONR 27 R 28 , SO 2 NR 27 R 28 , SO 3 NR 27 R 28 , P(R 27 ) 3 , P(=O)(R 27 ) 3 , Si(R 27 ) 3 , B(R 27 ) 2 , (C=X)R 29 or X(C=X)R 29 where X is selected from sulfur, oxygen and nitrogen; R 7 and R 28 are each independently selected from C 1 -C 20 alkyl (branched and/or straight chained), Ci-C 2 o arylalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C O -CM aryl, -Cu heteroaryl, C 1 - 4 heterocycle, C 2 -C 10 alkenyl (branched and/or straight chained), C 2 -C 10 alkynyl (branched and/or straight chained), -Cio heteroarylalkyl, C o alkoxyalkyl, -Qo haloalkyl, dihaloalkyl, trihaloalkyl, haloalkoxy, Cr o [CN, OR 27 , SR 27 , NR 27 R 28 , N(=O) 2 , NR 27 OR 28 , ONR 27 R 28 , SOR 27 , SO 2 R 27 , SO 3 R 27 , SONR 27 R 28 , SO 2 NR 27 R 28 , SO 3 NR 27 R 28 , P(R 27 )3, P(=O)(R 27 ) 3 , Si(R 27 ) 3 , B(R 27 ) 2 ]alkyl; R 29 is selected from R 27 , R 28 , CN, COR 27 , CO 2 R 27 , OR 27 , SR 27 , NR 27 R 28 , N(=O) 2 , NR 27 OR 28 , ONR 27 R 28 , SOR 27 , SO 2 R 27 , SO 3 R 27 , SONR 27 R 28 , SO 2 NR 27 R 28 , SO 3 NR 27 R 28 , P(R 27 ) 3 , P O)(R 27 ) 3 , Si(R 27 ) 3 , B(R 27 ) 2 . 3. A method according to Claim 2 wherein R 24 is H. 4. A method according to Claim 2 wherein R 24 is OAcetyl. 5. A method according to Claim 2 wherein R 24 is OH. 6. A method according to Claim 2 wherein R 25 and R 26 are OH. 7. A method according to Claim 1 wherein the plant is of the genus selected from Acalypha, Acidoton, Actinostemon, Adelia, Adenocline, Adenocrepis, Adenophaedra, Adisca, Agrostistachys, Alchornea, Alchomeopsis, Alcinaeanthus, Alcoceria, Aleurites, Amanoa, Andrachne, Angostyles, Anisophyllum, Antidesma, Aphora, Aporosa, Aporosella, Argythamnia, Astrococcus, Astrogyne, Baccanrea, Baliospermum, Bernardia, Beyeriopsis, Bischofia, Blachia, Blumeodondron, Bonania, Bradleia, Breynia, Breyniopsis, Briedelia, Buraeavia, Caperonia, Caryodendron, Celianella, Cephalocroton, Chaenotheca, Chaetocarpus, Chamaesyce, Cheilosa, Chiropetalum, Choriophyllum, Cicca, Chaoxylon, Cleidon, Cleistanthus, Cluytia, Cnesmone, Cnidoscolus, Coccoceras, Codiaeum, Coelodiscus, Conami, Conceveiba, Conceveibastrum, Conceveϊbum, Corythea, Croizatia, Croton, Crotonopsis, Crozophora, Cubanthus, Cunuria, Dactylostemon, Dalechampia, Dendrocousinsia, Diaspersus, Didymocistus, Dimorphocalyx, Discocarpus, Ditaxis, Dodecastingma, Drypetes, Dysopsis, Elateriospermum, Endadenium, Endospermum, Erismanthus, Erythrocarpus, Erythrochilus, Eumecanthus, Euphorbia, Euphorbiodendron, Excoecaria, Flueggea, Calearia, Garcia, Gavarretia, Gelonium, Giara, Givotia, Glochidion, Clochidionopsis, Glycydendron, Gymnanthes, Gymnosparia, Haematospermum, Hendecandra, Hevea, Hieronima, Hieronyma, Hippocrepandra, Homalanthus, Hymenocardia, Janipha, Jatropha, Julocroton, Lasiocroton, Leiocarpus, Leonardia, Lepidanthus, Leucocroton, Mabea, Macaranga, Mallotus, Manihot, Mappa, Maprounea, Melanthesa, Mercurialis, Mettenia, Micrandra, Microdesmis, Microelus, Microstachy, Maocroton, Monadenium, Mozinna, Neoscortechinia, Omalanthus, Omphalea, Ophellantha, Orbicularia, Ostodes, Oxydectes, Palenga, Pantadenia, Paradrypeptes, Pausandra, Pedilanthus, Pera, Peridium, Petalostigma, Phyllanthus, Picrodendro, Pierardia, Pilinophytum, Pimeleodendron, Piranhea, Platygyna, Plukenetia, Podocalyx, Poinsettia, Poraresia, Prosartema, Pseudanthus, Pycnocoma, Quadrasia, Reverchonia, Richeria, Richeriella, Ricinella, Ricinocarpus, Rottlera, Sagotia, Sanwithia, Sapium, Savia, Sclerocroton, Sebastiana, Securinega, Senefeldera, Senefilderopsis, Serophyton, Siphonia, Spathiostemon, Spixia, Stϊllingia, Strophioblachia, Synadenium, Tetracoccus, Tetraplandra, Tetrorchidium, Thyrsanthera, Tithymalus, Trageia, Trewia, Trigonostemon, Tyria and Xylophylla. 8. A method according to Claim 7 wherein the plant is of the genus Euphorbia. 9. A method according to Claim 8 wherein the species of Euphorbia is selected from Euphorbia aaron-rossii, Euphorbia abbreviata, Euphorbia acuta, Euphorbia alatocaulis, Euphorbia albicaulis, Euphorbia algomarginata, Euphorbia aliceae, Euphorbia alta, Euphorbia anacampseros, Euphorbia andromedae, Euphorbia angusta, Euphorbia anthonyi, Euphorbia antiguensis, Euphorbia apocynifolia, Euphorbia arabica, Euphorbia ariensis, Euphorbia arizonica, Euphorbia arkansana, Euphorbia arteagae, Euphorbia arundelana, Euphorbia astroites, Euphorbia atrococca, Euphorbia baselicis, Euphorbia batabanensis, Euphorbia bergeri, Euphorbia bermudiana, Euphorbia bicolor, Euphorbia biformis, Euphorbia bifurcata, Euphorbia bilobata, Euphorbia biramensis, Euphorbia biuncialis, Euphorbia blepharostipula, Euphorbia blodgetti, Euphorbia boerhaavioides, Euphorbia boliviana, Euphorbia bracei, Euphorbia brachiata, Euphorbia brachycera, Euphorbia brandegee, Euphorbia brittonii, Euphorbia caesia, Euphorbia calcicola, Euphorbia campestris, Euphorbia candelabrum, Euphorbia capitellata, Euphorbia carmenensis, Euphorbia carunculata, Euphorbia cayensis, Euphorbia celastroides, Euphorbia chalicophila, Euphorbia chamaerrhodos, Euphorbia chamaesula, Euphorbia chiapensis, Euphorbia chiogenoides, Euphorbia cinerascens, Euphorbia clarionensis, Euphorbia colimae, Euphorbia colorata, Euphorbia commutata, Euphorbia consoquitlae, Euphorbia convolvuloides, Euphorbia corallifera, Euphorbia creberrima, Euphorbia crenulata, Euphorbia cubensis, Euphorbia cuspidata, Euphorbia cymbiformis, Euphorbia darlingtonii, Euphorbia defoliata, Euphorbia degeneri, Euphorbia deltoidea, Euphorbia dentata, Euphorbia depressa Euphorbia dictyosperma, Euphorbia dictyosperma, Euphorbia dioeca, Euphorbia discoidalis, Euphorbia dorsiventralis, Euphorbia drumondii, Euphorbia duclouxii, Euphorbia dussii, Euphorbia eanophylla, Euphorbia eggersii, Euphorbia eglandulosa, Euphorbia elata, Euphorbia enalla, Euphorbia eriogonoides, Euphorbia eriophylla, Euphorbia esculaeformis, Euphorbia espirituensis, Euphorbia esula, Euphorbia excisa, Euphorbia exclusa, Euphorbia exstipitata, Euphorbia exstipulata, Euphorbia fendleri, Euphorbia filicaulis, Euphorbia filiformis, Euphorbia florida, Euphorbia fruticulosa, Euphorbia garber, Euphorbia gaumerii, Euphorbia gerardiana, Euphorbia geyeri, Euphorbia glyptosperma, Euphorbia gorgonis, Euphorbia gracilior, Euphorbia gracillima, Euphorbia gradyi, Euphorbia graminea, Euphorbia graminiea Euphorbia grisea, Euphorbia guadalajarana, Euphorbia guanarensis, Euphorbia gymnadenia, Euphorbia haematantha, Euphorbia hedyotoides, Euphorbia heldrichii, Euphorbia helenae, Euphorbia helleri, Euphorbia helwigii, Euphorbia henricksonii, Euphorbia heterophylla, Euphorbia hexagona, Euphorbia hexagonoides, Euphorbia hinkleyorum, Euphorbia hintonii, Euphorbia hirtula, Euphorbia hirta, Euphorbia hooveri, Euphorbia humistrata, Euphorbia hypericifolia, Euphorbia inundata, Euphorbia involuta, Euphorbia jaliscensis, Euphorbia jejuna, Euphorbia Johnston, Euphorbia juttae, Euphorbia knuthii, Euphorbia lasiocarpa, Euphorbia lata, Euphorbia latazi, Euphorbia latericolor, Euphorbia laxiflora Euphorbia lecheoides, Euphorbia ledienii, Euphorbia leucophylla, Euphorbia lineata, Euphorbia linguiformis, Euphorbia longecornuta, Euphorbia longepetiolata, Euphorbia longeramosa, Euphorbia longinsulicola, Euphorbia longipila, Euphorbia lupulina, Euphorbia lurida, Euphorbia lycioides, Euphorbia macropodoides, macvaughiana, Euphorbia manca, Euphorbia mandoniana, Euphorbia mangleti, Euphorbia mango, Euphorbia marylandica, Euphorbia mayana, Euphorbia melanadenia, Euphorbia melanocarpa, Euphorbia meridensis, Euphorbia mertonii, Euphorbia mexiae, Euphorbia microcephala, Euphorbia microclada, Euphorbia micromera, Euphorbia misella, Euphorbia missurica, Euphorbia montana, Euphorbia montereyana, Euphorbia multicaulis, Euphorbia multiformis, Euphorbia multinodis, Euphorbia multiseta, Euphorbia muscicola, Euphorbia neomexicana, Euphorbia nephradenia, Euphorbia niqueroana, Euphorbia oaxacana, Euphorbia occidentalis, Euphorbia odontodenia, Euphorbia olivacea, Euphorbia olowaluana, Euphorbia opthalmica, Euphorbia ovata, Euphorbia pachypoda, Euphorbia pachyrhiza, Euphorbia padifolia, Euphorbia palmeri, Euphorbia paludicola, Euphorbia parciflora, Euphorbia parishii, Euphorbia parryi, Euphorbia paxiana, Euphorbia pediculifera, Euphorbia peplidion, Euphorbia peploides, Euphorbia peplus, Euphorbia pergamena, Euphorbia perlignea, Euphorbia petaloidea, Euphorbia petaloidea, Euphorbia petrina, Euphorbia picachensis, Euphorbia pilosula, Euphorbia pilulifera, Euphorbia pinariona, Euphorbia pinetorum, Euphorbia pionosperma, Euphorbia platysperma, Euphorbia plicata, Euphorbia poeppigii, Euphorbia poliosperma, Euphorbia polycarpa, Euphorbia polycnemoides, Euphorbia polyphylla, Euphorbia portoricensis, Euphorbia portulacoides Euphorbia portulana, Euphorbia preslii, Euphorbia prostrata, Euphorbia pteroneura, Euphorbia pycnanthema, Euphorbia romosa, Euphorbia rapulum, Euphorbia remyi, Euphorbia retroscabra, Euphorbia revoluta, Euphorbia rivularis, Euphorbia robusta, Euphorbia romosa, Euphorbia rubida, Euphorbia rubrosperma, Euphorbia rupicola, Euphorbia sanmartensis, Euphorbia saxatilis M. Bieb, Euphorbia schizoloba, Euphorbia sclerocyathium, Euphorbia scopulorum, Euphorbia senilis, Euphorbia serpyllifolia, Euphorbia serrula, Euphorbia setiloba Engelm, Euphorbia sonorae, Euphorbia soobyi, Euphorbia sparsiflora, Euphorbia sphaerosperma, Euphorbia syphilitica, Euphorbia spruceana, Euphorbia subcoerulea, Euphorbia stellata, Euphorbia submammilaris, Euphorbia subpeltata, Euphorbia subpubens, Euphorbia subreniforme, Euphorbia subtrifoliata, Euphorbia succedanea, Euphorbia tamaulipasana, Euphorbia telephioides, Euphorbia tenuissima, Euphorbia tetrapora, Euphorbia tirucalli, Euphorbia tomentella, Euphorbia tomentosa, Euphorbia torralbasii, Euphorbia tovariensis, Euphorbia trachysperma, Euphorbia tricolor, Euphorbia troyana, Euphorbia tuerckheimii, Euphorbia turczaninowii, Euphorbia umbellulata, Euphorbia undulata, Euphorbia vermiformis, Euphorbia versicolor, Euphorbia villifera, Euphorbia violacea, Euphorbia whitei, Euphorbia xanti Engelm, Euphorbia xylopoda Greenm., Euphorbia yayalesia Urb., Euphorbia yungasensis, Euphorbia zeravschanica and Euphorbia zinniiflora. 10. A method according to Claim 9 wherein the species of Euphorbia is Euphorbia peplus. 11. A method for the immunopotentiation of a subject, said method comprising the administration to said subject of a symptom-ameliorating effective amount of a chemical agent obtainable from a plant of the Euphorbiaceae family or a derivative or chemical analogue thereof which chemical agent is a macrocyclic diteφene selected from compounds of the ingenane, pepluane and jatrophane families and which chemical agent or derivative or chemical analogue is represented by any one of the general formulae (I) - (V):- wherein: n is 0-10 atoms selected from carbon, oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, phosphorus, silicon, boron, arsenic and selenium, wherein the ring defined by said atoms is saturated or unsaturated, including epoxides and thioepoxides; A-T are independently selected from hydrogen, R ls R 2 , R 3 , F, Cl, Br, I, CN, ORi, SR l5 NR 1 R 2 , N(=O) 2 , NRiORa, ONR^, SOR ls SO 2 R l5 SO 3 R ls SONRιR 2 , SO 2 NR!R 2 , SO 3 NR!R 2 , P(R 3 , P(=O)(Rι) 3 , Si(Rι) 3 , B(Rι) 2 , (C=X)R 3 or X(C=X)R 3 where X is selected from sulfur, oxygen and nitrogen; R 1 and R 2 are each independently selected from C ! -C 2 o alkyl (branched and/or straight chained), C 1 -C 20 arylalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, aryl, C 1 -C14 heteroaryl, C \ -Cu heterocycle, C 2 -C 10 alkenyl (branched and/or straight chained), C 2 -C 10 alkynyl (branched and/or straight chained), Cι-C 10 heteroarylalkyl, C 1 - 0 alkoxyalkyl, Ci-Cio haloalkyl, dihaloalkyl, trihaloalkyl, haloalkoxy, C1- 0 [CN, OR ls SRi, NR 1 R 2 , N(=O) 2 , NRiOR 2 , ONRiR 2 , SORi, SO 2 R ls SO 3 Rι, SONR ! R 2 , SO 2 NRιR 2 , SO 3 NR 1 R 2 , P(Rι) 3 , P(=O)(Rι) 3 , Si(Rι) 3 , B(Rι) 2 ]alkyl; R 3 is selected from R u R 2 , CN, COR l5 CO 2 R l5 OR ls SRi, NR1R2, N(=O) 2 , NR!OR 2 , ONR1R2, SORi, SO 2 Rι, SO 3 R l5 SONR!R 2 , SO 2 NR 1 R 2 , SO 3 NRιR 2 , P(Rι) 3 , A connected to B (or C), D (or E), g (or Q), P (or O) or S (or T) is a selection of - disubstituted (fused) saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic rings further substituted by R 3 , (C=X)R 3 and X(C=X)R 3 , including epoxides and thioepoxides; J connected to I (or H), G (or F), K (or L), M (or N) or S (or T) is a selection of Ci-Cβ disubstituted (fused) saturated and unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic rings further substituted by R 3 , (C=X)R 3 and X(C=X)R 3 , including epoxides and thioepoxides; P (or E) connected to B (or C) or G (or F); I (or H) connected to G (or F); P (or O) connected to R (or Q) or M (or N); K (or L) connected to N (or M) is a selection of Cι-C 8 disubstituted (fused) saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic rings substituted by R , (C=X)R 3 and X(C=X)R , including epoxides and thioepoxides; B and C, D and E, R and Q, P and O, I and H, G and F, K and L, M and N or S and T are =X where X is selected from sulfur, oxygen, nitrogen, NRiR 2 , and =CRiR 2 wherein: n is 0-10 atoms selected from carbon, oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, phosphorus, silicon, boron, arsenic and selenium, wherein the ring defined by said atoms is saturated or unsaturated, including epoxides and thioepoxides; A'-T' are independently selected from hydrogen, R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , F, Cl, Br, I, CN, COR 4 , CO 2 R4, O t , SR 4 , N t Rs, CONRjRs, N(=O) 2 , N iORs, ONRJls, SOR;, SO 2 R4, SO 3 R4, SONR4R5, SO 2 NR4R 5 , SO 3 N 4R 5 , P(RA)3, SitRf B(Rf) 2 , (C=X)R 6 or X(C=X)R 6 where X is selected from sulfur, oxygen and nitrogen; R 4 and R 5 are each independently selected from Ci-C 2 o alkyl (branched and/or straight chained), C 1 -C 0 arylalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, Cβ- aryl, -C 14 heteroaryl, Ci-C heterocycle, C 2 -C 10 alkenyl (branched and/or straight chained), C 2 -C 10 alkynyl (branched and/or straight chained), -Cio heteroarylalkyl, C1-C10 alkoxyalkyl, C 1 -C 10 haloalkyl, dihaloalkyl, trihaloalkyl, haloalkoxy, d-C 10 [CN, OR4, SR 4 , NRjRs, N(=O) 2 , NR4θR 5 , ONB R5, SOR4, SO 2 R , SO 3 Rt, SONR4R5, SO 2 NR4R 5 , SOsN tRs, P(R4)3, P(=O)(R4) 3 , Si(R4) 3 , B(R4) 2 ]alkyl; R 6 is selected from R 4 , R 5 , CN, COR4, CO 2 R4, OR4, SR 4 , NRJI5, N(=O) 2 , NR 4 OR 5 , ONRJ^s, SORi, SO 2 R4, SO 3 R 4 , SONRJ^, SO 2 NR 4 R 5 , SOsM Rs, P(R4) 3 , P(=O)(R 4 ) 3 , Si(R 4 ) 3 , B(R4) 2 ; F and gl or IT and Ql is a C 2 -C 8 saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring system further substituted by R 6 , including epoxides and thioepoxides; Ql connected to Ml (or Ml) or Ql (or F); gl connected to Ql (or F) or SI (or TI); S_l (or T) connected to Al (or B_l); Al (or B_l) connected to Ql (or PI); F connected to Cl (or PI) or F (or Gl); HI connected to F; F connected to F; F connected to Kl; Kl connected to F; F connected to Ml (or Nl) are - disubstituted (fused) saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring systems further substituted by ^, (C=X)R <5 and X(C=X)R 6 , including epoxides and thioepoxides; Al, B_l and Cl, Dl and F, Gl and Ml, l and F, Ql and S_l, T are =X where X is selected from sulfur, oxygen, nitrogen, N Rs, (C=X)Re, X(C=X)R 6 , and =CR 7 R 8 ; R 7 and R 8 are each independently selected from R 6 , (C=X)Re and X(C=X)R 6 wherein: n is 0-10 atoms selected from carbon, oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, phosphorus, silicon, boron, arsenic and selenium, wherein the ring defined by said atoms is saturated or unsaturated, including epoxides and thioepoxides; Af-jf are independently selected from hydrogen, R 9 , R 10 , Rπ, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, OR 9 , SR 9 , NR 9 R 10 , N(=O) 2 , NR 9 OR 10 , ONR 9 R 10 , SOR 9 , SO 2 R 9 , SO 3 R 9 , SONR 9 Rι 0 , SO 2 NR 9 R 10 , SO 3 NR 9 R 10 , P(R 9 ) 3 , P(=O)(R 9 ) 3 , Si(R 9 ) 3 , B(R 9 ) 2 , (C=X)R π or X(C=X)R π where X is selected from sulfur, oxygen and nitrogen; R 9 and R 10 are each independently selected from Ci-C 2 o alkyl (branched and straight chained), -C2 0 arylalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 6 -Cι aryl, C 1 -C 14 heteroaryl, -C14 heterocycle, C 2 -C 10 alkenyl (branched and straight chained), C 2 -C 10 alkynyl (branched and straight chained), C 1 -C 10 heteroarylalkyl, Q-C 10 alkoxyalkyl, C 1 -C 10 haloalkyl, dihaloalkyl, trihaloalkyl, haloalkoxy, d-do [CN, OR 9 , SR 9 , NR 9 R 10 , N(=O) 2 , NR 9 OR 10 , ONR 9 R 10 , SOR 9 , SO 2 R 9 , SO 3 R 9 , SONR 9 R 10 , SO 2 NR 9 R 10 , SO 3 NR 9 R 10 , P(R 9 ) 3 , P(=O)(R 9 ) 3 , Si(R 9 ) 3 , B(R 9 ) 2 ]alkyl; Rπ is selected from R 9 , R 10 , CN, COR 9 , CO 2 R 9 , OR 9 , SR 9 , NR 9 Rι 0 , N(=O) 2 , NR 9 OR 10 , ONR 9 R 10 , SOR 9 , SO 2 R 9 , SO 3 R 9 , SONR 9 R 10 , SO 2 NR 9 R 10 , SO 3 NR 9 R 10 , P(R 9 ) 3 , P(=O)(R 9 ) 3 , Si(R 9 ) 3 , B(R 9 ) 2 ; B 1 and gf, Ef and Ol and fil and Ml are selected from a C 2 -C 8 saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring system further substituted by Rπ, including epoxides and thioepoxides; Af (or Al) connected to Af (or Al) or jf (or S ); B_l connected to β _ (or Al) or Cf . (or pf . ). i connected to E 1 or Cf (or pf); fi] . connected to ll (or Ff); Gf (or gf) connected to El (or Ff) or ll (or f); Kf (or f ) connected to if (or jf) or M ; Ml connected to Of (or Nf); Ql connected Of (or Nf) or Pf (or Ql); gf connected Pf . (or Ql) or S (or if) are Q-Q disubstituted (fused) saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring systems further substituted by R 11? (C=X)Rπ and X(C=X)Rπ, including epoxides and thioepoxides; Af, A and A, A and C , pf and Ff, E and Gf, gf and if, jf and Kf, Lf and Nf, Of and P_l, Ql and Sf;, τ_ are =X where X is selected from sulfur, oxygen, nitrogen, NR 9 R 10 , including (C=X)R π and X(C=X)R n , and =CR 12 R 13 ; R12 and R 13 are independently selected from Rπ, (C=X)Rπ and X(C=X)Rπ wherein: n is 0-10 atoms selected from carbon, oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, phosphorus, silicon, boron, arsenic and selenium, wherein the ring defined by said atoms is saturated or unsaturated, including epoxides and thioepoxides; A -X are independently selected from hydrogen, R^, R 15 , R 16 , F, Cl, Br, I, CN, OR 14 , SR 14 , NR 14 Ri5, N(=O) 2 , NR 14 ORι 5 , ONR 14 Rι 5 , SOR 14 , SO 2 R 14 , SO 3 R 14 , SONR 14 Ri5, SO 2 NR 14 Ri5, SO 3 NR 14 Rι 5 , P(Rι 4 ) 3 , P(=O)(R 14 ) 3 , Si(R 14 ) 3 , B(R 14 ), (C=Y)R 16 or Y(C=Y)R 16 where Y is selected from sulfur, oxygen and nitrogen; R Ϊ4 and R 15 are each independently selected from d-C 2 o alkyl (branched and/or straight chained), d-C 20 arylalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 6 -d 4 aryl, Cι-C heteroaryl, d-d 4 heterocycle, C 2 -C 10 alkenyl (branched and/or straight chained), C 2 -C 10 alkynyl (branched and/or straight chained), d-C 10 heteroarylalkyl, Cι-C 10 alkoxyalkyl, d-C 10 haloalkyl, dihaloalkyl, trihaloalkyl, haloalkoxy, d-Cio [CN, OR^, SR^, NR^R^, N(=O) 2 , NR 14 OR 15 , ONR14R15, SOR 14 , SO 2 R 14 , SO 3 R 14 , SONR 14 R 15 , SO 2 NR 14 Rιs, SO 3 NR 14 Rιs, P(R 14 ) 3 , P(=O)(R 14 ) 3 , Si(R 14 ) 3 , B(R 14 ) 2 ]alkyl; R 16 is selected from R 14 , R 15 , CN, COR 14 , CO 2 R 15 , OR 14 , SR 14 , NR 14 R 15 , N(=O) 2 , NR 14 OR 15 , ONR 14 R 15 , SOR 14 , SO 2 R 14 , SO 3 R 14 , SONR 14 R 15 , SO 2 NR 14 R 15 , SO 3 NR 14 Ri5, P(Ri4) 3 , P(=O)(R 14 ) 3 , Si(R 14 ) 3 , B(R 14 ) 2 ; E_ and V_, H_ and S_, and I_ and P_ are C 2 -C 8 saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring system further substituted by R 16 , including epoxides and thioepoxides; Af (or B 2 . ) connected to Cf (or pf) or Wf (or Xf); if connected to Cf (or pf ) or Ff (or Gf); gf_connected to Ff (or Gf ) or £ ; £ connected to jf (or Kf); if (or Mf) connected to jf (or K 2 ) or Nf (or ); gf (or Ql) connected to P 2 . or Sf ; Vf connected to \? (or I_) or W_ (or X_) are d-C 8 disubstituted (fused) saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring systems further substituted by R 16 , (C=Y)R 16 and Y(C=Y)R 16 , including epoxides and thioepoxides; Af, f ; Cf , Df ; Ff, Gf ; , K 2 ; if, Mf ; Nf , Qf ; Ql, gf ; Uf , if and Xf , Wf are =Y where Y is selected from sulfur, oxygen, nitrogen, NR^Ris and =CR 17 R 18 ; R 17 and R 18 are independently selected from R 16 , (C=Y)Rι 6 and Y(C=Y)R 16 wherein: n is 0-10 atoms selected from carbon, oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, phosphorus, silicon, boron, arsenic and selenium, wherein the ring defined by said atoms is saturated or unsaturated, including epoxides and thioepoxides; A , 3 -Z3 are independently selected from hydrogen, R 19 , R 20 , R 21 , F, Cl, Br, I, CN, OR 19 , SR 19 , NR 19 R 20 , N(=O) 2 , NR 19 OR 20 , ONR 19 R 20 , SOR 19 , SO 2 R 19 , SO 3 R 19 , SONR 19 R 20 , SO 2 NR 19 R 20 , SO 3 NR 19 R 20 , P(R 19 ) 3 , P(=O)(R 19 ) 3 , Si(R 19 ) 3 , B(R 19 ) 2 , (C=0)R 21 or 0(C=0)R 21 where 0 is sulfur, oxygen and nitrogen ; R 19 and R 20 are each independently selected from C 1 -C 20 alkyl (branched and/or straight chained), C 1 -C 20 arylalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 6 -d 4 aryl, d-C heteroaryl, Ci-Cu heterocycle, C 2 -C 10 alkenyl (branched and/or straight chained), C 2 -C 10 alkynyl (branched and/or straight chained), d-do heteroarylalkyl, d-do alkoxyalkyl, d-do haloalkyl, dihaloalkyl, trihaloalkyl, haloalkoxy, d-C 10 [CN, OR 19 , SR 19 , NR 19 R 20 , N(=O) 2 , NR 19 OR 20 , ONR 19 R 20 , SOR 19 , SO 2 R 19 , SO 3 R 19 , SONR 19 R 20 , SO 2 NR 19 R 20 , SO 3 NR 19 R 20 , P(R 19 ) 3 , P(=O)(R 19 ) 3 , Si(R 19 ) 3 , B(R 19 ) 2 ]alkyl; R 21 is selected from R 19 , R 20 , CN, COR 19 , CO 2 R 19 , OR 19 , SR 19 , NR 19 R 20 , N(=O) 2 , NR 19 OR 20 , ONRι 9 R 20 , SOR 19 , SO 2 R 19 , SO 3 R 19 , SONR 19 R 20 , SO 2 NR 19 R 20 , SO 3 NR 19 R 20 , P(R 19 ) 3 , P(=O)(R 19 ) 3 , Si(R 19 ) 3 , B(R 19 ) 2 ; Pf connected to Xf is a C 2 -C 8 saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring system further substituted by R 21 , including epoxides and thioepoxides; A (or Af) connected to B 3 . (or Cf) or Z 3 . (or j ); pf connected to B 3 . (or Cf) or Ef (or Ff); Gf (or g ) connected to Ef (or Ff ) or if (or jf); if (or K 3 } connected to if (or jf) or Mf (or Nf ); Ql (or Of) connected to Nf (or M ) or P 3 . (or Ql). Sf (or gf) connected to Ql (or P 3 . ) or U (or If). Wf (or V ) connected to J (or if) or Xf ; Xf connected to jf (or Zf ) are C C 8 disubstituted (fused) saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring systems further substituted by R 21 , (C= 0)R 21 and 0 (C= 0)R 21 , including epoxides and thioepoxides; Af, Af; F , Ql; Ef, Ff ; Gf , gf ; £, j ; K 3 , if; Mf, Nf ; Qf , Q 3 . ; Ql, P 3 . , S 3 , gf , U , I_, W_, V_, and Z_, Y_ are =0 where 0 is selected from sulfur, oxygen, nitrogen, NR 19 R 2 o, and =CR 2 R 23 ; and R 22 and R 23 are selected from R 21 , (C= 0)R 21 and 0(C= 0)R 21 ; and which chemical agent or derivative or chemical analogue thereof is capable of modulating PKC activity, PKC-dependent gene expression or PKC enzyme turnover and wherein said chemical agent or its derivatives or chemical analogues is administered for a time and under conditions sufficient to potentiate the immune system or components herein. 12. A method according to Claim 11 wherein the chemical agent is represented by the general formula (VI):- wherein: - R2 4 , R 25 and R 26 are independently selected from hydrogen, R 27 , R 28 , F, Cl, Br, I, CN, OR 27 , SR 27 , NR 27 R 28 , N(=O) 2 , NR 27 OR 28 , ONR 27 R 28 , SOR 27 , SO 2 R 27 , SO 3 R 27 , SONR 27 R 28 , SO 2 NR 27 R 28 , SO 3 NR 27 R 28 , P(R 27 ) 3 , P(=O)(R 27 ) 3 , Si(R 27 ) 3 , B(R 27 ) 2 , (C=X)R 29 or X(C=X)R 29 where X is selected from sulfur, oxygen and nitrogen; R 7 and R 28 are each independently selected from C 1 -C 20 alkyl (branched and/or straight chained), C 1 -C 2 o arylalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 6 -C H aryl, d-C 14 heteroaryl, d-C 14 heterocycle, C 2 -C 10 alkenyl (branched and/or straight chained), C 2 -C 10 alkynyl (branched and/or sfraight chained), d-do heteroarylalkyl, Ci-do alkoxyalkyl, d-do haloalkyl, dihaloalkyl, trihaloalkyl, haloalkoxy, d-C 10 [CN, OR 27 , SR 27 , NR 27 R 28 , N(=O) 2 , NR 27 OR 28 , ONR 27 R 2 8, SOR 27 , SO 2 R 27 , SO 3 R 27 , SONR 27 R 2 8, SO 2 NR 27 R 28 , SO 3 NR 27 R 28 , P(R 27 ) 3 , P(=O)(R 27 ) 3 , Si(R 27 ) 3 , B(R 27 ) 2 ]alkyl; R 29 is selected from R 27 , R 28 , CN, COR 27 , CO 2 R 27 , OR 27 , SR 27 , NR 27 R 28 , N(=O) 2 , NR 27 OR 2 8, ONR 27 R 28 , SOR 27 , SO 2 R 27 , SO 3 R 27 , SONR 27 R2 8 , SO 2 NR 27 R 28 , SO 3 NR 27 R 28 , P(R 27 ) 3 , P(=O)(R 27 ) 3 , Si(R 27 ) 3 , B(R 27 ) 2 . 13. A method according to Claim 11 wherein R 24 is H. 14. A method according to Claim 11 wherein R 24 is OAcetyl. 15. A method according to Claim 11 wherein R 2 is OH. 16. A method according to Claim 11 wherein R 25 and R 26 are OH. 17. A method according to Claim 11 wherein the plant is of the genus selected from Acalypha, Acidoton, Actinostemon, Adelia, Adenocline, Adenocrepis, Adenophaedra, Adisca, Agrostistachys, Alchornea, Alchomeopsis, Alcinaeanthus, Alcoceria, Aleurites, Amanoa, Andrachne, Angostyles, Anisophyllum, Antidesma, Aphora, Aporosa, Aporosella, Argythamnia, Astrococcus, Astrogyne, Baccanrea, Baliospermum, Bernardia, Beyeriopsis, Bischofia, Blachia, Blumeodondron, Bonania, Bradleia, Breynia, Breyniopsis, Briedelia, Buraeavia, Caperonia, Caryodendron, Celianella, Cephalocroton, Chaenotheca, Chaetocarpus, Chamaesyce, Cheilosa, Chiropetalum, Choriophyllum, Cicca, Chaoxylon, Cleidon, Cleistanthus, Cluytia, Cnesmone, Cnidoscolus, Coccoceras, Codiaeum, Coelodiscus, Conami, Conceveiba, Conceveϊbastrum, Conceveϊbum, Corythea, Croizatia, Croton, Crotonopsis, Crozophora, Cubanthus, Cunuria, Dactylostemon, Dalechampia, Dendrocousinsia, Diaspersus, Didymocistus, Dimorphocalyx, Discocarpus, Ditaxis, Dodecastingma, Drypetes, Dysopsis, Elateriospermum, Endadenium, Endospermum, Erismanthus, Erythrocarpus, Erythrochilus, Eumecanthus, Euphorbia, Euphorbiodendron, Excoecaria, Flueggea, Calearia, Garcia, Gavarretia, Gelonium, Giara, Givotia, Glochidion, Clochidionopsis, Glycydendron, Gymnanthes, Gymnosparia, Haematospermum, Hendecandra, Hevea, Hieronima, Hieronyma, Hippocrepandra, Homalanthus, Hymenocardia, Janipha, Jatropha, Julocroton, Lasiocroton, Leiocarpus, Leonardia, Lepidanthus, Leucocroton, Mabea, Macaranga, Mallotus, Manihot, Mappa, Maprounea, Melanthesa, Mercurialis, Mettenia, Micrandra, Microdesmis, Microelus, Microstachy, Maocroton, Monadenium, Mozinna, Neoscortechinia, Omalanthus, Omphalea, Ophellantha, Orbicularia, Ostodes, Oxydectes, Palenga, Pantadenia, Paradrypeptes, Pausandra, Pedilanthus, Pera, Peridium, Petalostigma, Phyllanthus, Picrodendro, Pierardia, Pilinophytum, Pimeleodendron, Piranhea, Platygyna, Plukenetia, Podocalyx, Poinsettia, Poraresia, Prosartema, Pseudanthus, Pycnocoma, Quadrasia, Reverchonia, Richeria, Richeriella, Ricinella, Ricinocarpus, Rottlera, Sagotia, Sanwithia, Sapium, Savia, Sclerocroton, Sebastiana, Securinega, Senefeldera, Senefilderopsis, Serophyton, Siphonia, Spathiostemon, Spixia, Stillingia, Strophioblachia, Synadenium, Tetracoccus, Tetraplandra, Tetrorchidium, Thyrsanthera, Tithymalus, Trageia, Trewia, Trigonostemon, Tyria and Xylophylla. 18. A method according to Claim 17 wherein the plant is of the genus Euphorbia. 19. A method according to Claim 18 wherein the species of Euphorbia is selected from Euphorbia aaron-rossii, Euphorbia abbreviata, Euphorbia acuta, Euphorbia alatocaulis, Euphorbia albicaulis, Euphorbia algomarginata, Euphorbia aliceae, Euphorbia alta, Euphorbia anacampseros, Euphorbia andromedae, Euphorbia angusta, Euphorbia anthonyi, Euphorbia antiguensis, Euphorbia apocynifolia, Euphorbia arabica, Euphorbia ariensis, Euphorbia arizonica, Euphorbia arkansana, Euphorbia arteagae, Euphorbia arundelana, Euphorbia astroites, Euphorbia atrococca, Euphorbia baselicis, Euphorbia batabanensis, Euphorbia bergeri, Euphorbia bermudiana, Euphorbia bicolor, Euphorbia biformis, Euphorbia bifurcata, Euphorbia bilobata, Euphorbia biramensis, Euphorbia biuncialis, Euphorbia blepharostipula, Euphorbia blodgetti, Euphorbia boerhaavioides, Euphorbia boliviana, Euphorbia bracei, Euphorbia brachiata, Euphorbia brachycera, Euphorbia brandegee, Euphorbia brittonii, Euphorbia caesia, Euphorbia calcicola, Euphorbia campestris, Euphorbia candelabrum, Euphorbia capitellata, Euphorbia carmenensis, Euphorbia carunculata, Euphorbia cayensis, Euphorbia celastroides, Euphorbia chalicophila, Euphorbia chamaerrhodos, Euphorbia chamaesula, Euphorbia chiapensis, Euphorbia chiogenoides, Euphorbia cinerascens, Euphorbia clarionensis, Euphorbia colimae, Euphorbia colorata, Euphorbia commutata, Euphorbia consoquitlae, Euphorbia convolvuloides, Euphorbia corallifera, Euphorbia creberrima, Euphorbia crenulata, Euphorbia cubensis, Euphorbia cuspidata, Euphorbia cymbiformis, Euphorbia darlingtonii, Euphorbia defoliata, Euphorbia degeneri, Euphorbia deltoidea, Euphorbia dentata, Euphorbia depressa Euphorbia dictyosperma, Euphorbia dictyosperma, Euphorbia dioeca, Euphorbia discoidalis, Euphorbia dorsiventralis, Euphorbia drumondii, Euphorbia duclouxii, Euphorbia dussii, Euphorbia eanophylla, Euphorbia eggersii, Euphorbia eglandulosa, Euphorbia elata, Euphorbia enalla, Euphorbia eriogonoides, Euphorbia eriophylla, Euphorbia esculaeformis, Euphorbia espirituensis, Euphorbia esula, Euphorbia excisa, Euphorbia exclusa, Euphorbia exstipitata, Euphorbia exstipulata, Euphorbia fendleri, Euphorbia filicaulis, Euphorbia filiformis, Euphorbia florida, Euphorbia fruticulosa, Euphorbia garber, Euphorbia gaumerii, Euphorbia gerardiana, Euphorbia geyeri, Euphorbia glyptosperma, Euphorbia gorgonis, Euphorbia gracilior, Euphorbia gracillima, Euphorbia gradyi, Euphorbia graminea, Euphorbia graminiea Euphorbia grisea, Euphorbia guadalajarana, Euphorbia guanarensis, Euphorbia gymnadenia, Euphorbia haematantha, Euphorbia hedyotoides, Euphorbia heldrichii, Euphorbia helenae, Euphorbia helleri, Euphorbia helwigii, Euphorbia henricksonii, Euphorbia heterophylla, Euphorbia hexagona, Euphorbia hexagonoides, Euphorbia hinkleyorum, Euphorbia hintonii, Euphorbia hirtula, Euphorbia hirta, Euphorbia hooveri, Euphorbia humistrata, Euphorbia hypericifolia, Euphorbia inundata, Euphorbia involuta, Euphorbia jaliscensis, Euphorbia jejuna, Euphorbia Johnston, Euphorbia juttae, Euphorbia knuthii, Euphorbia lasiocarpa, Euphorbia lata, Euphorbia latazi, Euphorbia latericolor, Euphorbia laxiflora Euphorbia lecheoides, Euphorbia ledienii, Euphorbia leucophylla, Euphorbia lineata, Euphorbia linguiformis, Euphorbia longecornuta, Euphorbia longepetiolata, Euphorbia longeramosa, Euphorbia longinsulicola, Euphorbia longipila, Euphorbia lupulina, Euphorbia lurida, Euphorbia lycioides, Euphorbia macropodoides, macvaughiana, Euphorbia manca, Euphorbia mandoniana, Euphorbia mangleti, Euphorbia mango, Euphorbia marylandica, Euphorbia mayana, Euphorbia melanadenia, Euphorbia melanocarpa, Euphorbia meridensis, Euphorbia mertonii, Euphorbia mexiae, Euphorbia microcephala, Euphorbia microclada, Euphorbia micromera, Euphorbia misella, Euphorbia missurica, Euphorbia montana, Euphorbia montereyana, Euphorbia multicaulis, Euphorbia multiformis, Euphorbia multinodis, Euphorbia multiseta, Euphorbia muscicola, Euphorbia neomexicana, Euphorbia nephradenia, Euphorbia niqueroana, Euphorbia oaxacana, Euphorbia occidentalis, Euphorbia odontodenia, Euphorbia olivacea, Euphorbia olowaluana, Euphorbia opthalmica, Euphorbia ovata, Euphorbia pachypoda, Euphorbia pachyrhiza, Euphorbia padifolia, Euphorbia palmeri, Euphorbia paludicola, Euphorbia parciflora, Euphorbia parishii, Euphorbia pariγi, Euphorbia paxiana, Euphorbia pediculifera, Euphorbia peplidion, Euphorbia peploides, Euphorbia peplus, Euphorbia pergamena, Euphorbia perlignea, Euphorbia petaloidea, Euphorbia petaloidea, Euphorbia petrina, Euphorbia picachensis, Euphorbia pilosula, Euphorbia pilulifera, Euphorbia pinariona, Euphorbia pinetorum, Euphorbia pionosperma, Euphorbia platysperma, Euphorbia plicata, Euphorbia poeppigii, Euphorbia poliosperma, Euphorbia polycarpa, Euphorbia polycnemoides, Euphorbia polyphylla, Euphorbia portoricensis, Euphorbia portulacoides Euphorbia portulana, Euphorbia preslii, Euphorbia prostrata, Euphorbia pteroneura, Euphorbia pycnanthema, Euphorbia romosa, Euphorbia rapulum, Euphorbia remyi, Euphorbia retroscabra, Euphorbia revoluta, Euphorbia rivularis, Euphorbia robusta, Euphorbia romosa, Euphorbia rubida, Euphorbia rubrosperma, Euphorbia rupicola, Euphorbia sanmartensis, Euphorbia saxatilis M. Bieb, Euphorbia schizoloba, Euphorbia sclerocyathium, Euphorbia scopulorum, Euphorbia senilis, Euphorbia serpyllifolia, Euphorbia serrula, Euphorbia setiloba Engelm, Euphorbia sonorae, Euphorbia soobyi, Euphorbia sparsiflora, Euphorbia sphaerosperma, Euphorbia syphilitica, Euphorbia spruceana, Euphorbia subcoerulea, Euphorbia stellata, Euphorbia submammilaris, Euphorbia subpeltata, Euphorbia subpubens, Euphorbia subreniforme, Euphorbia subtrifoliata, Euphorbia succedanea, Euphorbia tamaulipasana, Euphorbia telephioides, Euphorbia tenuissima, Euphorbia tetrapora, Euphorbia tirucalli, Euphorbia tomentella, Euphorbia tomentosa, Euphorbia torralbasii, Euphorbia tovariensis, Euphorbia trachysperma, Euphorbia tricolor, Euphorbia troyana, Euphorbia tuerckheimii, Euphorbia turczaninowii, Euphorbia umbellulata, Euphorbia undulata, Euphorbia vermiformis, Euphorbia versicolor, Euphorbia villifera, Euphorbia violacea, Euphorbia whitei, Euphorbia xanti Engelm, Euphorbia xylopoda Greenm., Euphorbia yayalesia Urb., Euphorbia yungasensis, Euphorbia zeravschanica and Euphorbia zinniiflora. 20. A method according to Claim 19 wherein the species of Euphorbia is Euphorbia peplus. 21. A method for the immunopotentiation of a subject in the treatment and prophylaxis of said subject, said method comprising the administration to said subject of a symptom-ameliorating effective amount of a chemical agent obtainable from a plant of the Euphorbiaceae family or a derivative or chemical analogue thereof which chemical agent is a macrocyclic diterpene selected from compounds of the ingenane, pepluane and jatrophane families and which chemical agent or derivative or chemical analogue is represented by any one of the general formulae (I) - (V):- wherein: n is 0-10 atoms selected from carbon, oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, phosphorus, silicon, boron, arsenic and selenium, wherein the ring defined by said atoms is saturated or unsaturated, including epoxides and thioepoxides; A-I are independently selected from hydrogen, R l5 R 2 , R 3 , F, Cl, Br, I, CN, ORi, SRi, NR 1 R 2 , N(=O) 2 , NR!OR 2 , ONRiR 2 , SOR l5 SO 2 Rπ SO 3 R b SONR1R2, SO.NRjR,, SO 3 NRiR2, P(Rι) 3 , P(=O)(Rι) 3 , Si(Rι) 3 , B(R 2 , (C=X)R 3 or X(C=X)R 3 where X is selected from sulfur, oxygen and nitrogen; R t and R are each independently selected from C 1 -C 20 alkyl (branched and/or straight chained), C 1 -C 20 arylalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 6 -C 14 aryl, Cι-C 14 heteroaryl, C \ -Cu heterocycle, C 2 -C 10 alkenyl (branched and/or sfraight chained), C 2 -C 10 alkynyl (branched and/or straight chained), d-do heteroarylalkyl, - o alkoxyalkyl, d-do haloalkyl, dihaloalkyl, trihaloalkyl, haloalkoxy, d-C 10 [CN, OR b SR l5 NR 1 R 2 , N(=O) 2 , NR1OR2, ONRiR^ SORi, SO 2 Rι, SO 3 R l5 SONRjRa, SO2NR.JR2, SO 3 NR 1 R 2 , P(Rι) 3 , P(=0)(Rι) 3 , Si(Rι) 3 , B(R 1 ) 2 ]alkyl; R 3 is selected from R b R 2 , CN, COR ls CO 2 R b OR ls SRi, NRiR 2 , N(=O) 2 , NRjOR 2 , ONR 1 R 2 , SORi, SO 2 R l5 SO 3 R l5 SONR 1 R 2 , SO 2 NRιR 2 , SO 3 NRιR 2 , P(Rι) 3 , P O)(Ri) 3 , Si(R 1 ) 3 , B(R 1 ) 2 ; A connected to B (or C), D (or E), g (or Q), P (or Q) or S (or I) is a selection of d-C 8 disubstituted (fused) saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic rings further substituted by R 3 , (C=X)R 3 and X(C=X)R 3 , including epoxides and thioepoxides; J connected to I (or g), G (or F), K (or L), M (or N) or S (or I) is a selection of d-C 8 disubstituted (fused) saturated and unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic rings further substituted by R 3 , (C=X)R 3 and X(C=X)R 3 , including epoxides and thioepoxides; P (or E) connected to B (or C) or G (or F); I (or H) connected to G (or F); P (or Q) connected to g (or Q) or M (or N); K (or L) connected to N (or M) is a selection of Cι-C 8 disubstituted (fused) saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic rings substituted by R 3 , (C=X)R 3 and X(C=X)R 3 , including epoxides and thioepoxides; B and C, D and E, g and Q, P and Q, I and H, G and F, K and L, M and N or S and T are =X where X is selected from sulfur, oxygen, nitrogen, NR^, and =CRιR 2 wherein: n is 0-10 atoms selected from carbon, oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, phosphorus, silicon, boron, arsenic and selenium, wherein the ring defined by said atoms is saturated or unsaturated, including epoxides and thioepoxides; A'-T' are independently selected from hydrogen, 4 , R 5 , R 6 , F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CORt, CO 2 R4, OR4, SRt, NR4R5, CONR4R5, N(=O) 2 , NR 4 OR 5 , ONR4R5, SOR4, SO2R4, SO 3 R4, SONRJls, SO 2 NR4R 5 , SO 3 R4R5, P(R4) 3 , P(=O)(R4) 3 , Si(R4) 3 , B(R4) 2 , (C=X)R 6 or X(C=X)R 6 where X is selected from sulfur, oxygen and nitrogen; R 4 and R 5 .are each independently selected from d-C 2 o alkyl (branched and/or sfraight chained), d-C 2 o arylalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 6 -CH aryl, Ci-Cu heteroaryl, d-Cι 4 heterocycle, C 2 -do alkenyl (branched and/or straight chained), C 2 -Cιo alkynyl (branched and/or straight chained), Ci-do heteroarylalkyl, d-do alkoxyalkyl, d-do haloalkyl, dihaloalkyl, trihaloalkyl, haloalkoxy, d-C 10 [CN, OR 4 , SR 4 , N t Rs, N(=O) 2 , NFUORs, ONR4R 5 , SOR4, SO 2 R4, SO 3 R4, SON jRs, SO 2 NR 4 R 5 , SOsN tRs, P(P ) 3 , P(=O)(R 4 ) 3 , Si(R 4 ) 3 , B(R 4 ) 2 ]alkyl; Re is selected from R4, R 5 , CN, CORi, CO^, OR^ S t , NR 4 R 5 , N(=O) 2 , NR4OR5, ON tRs, SORi, SO 2 R4, SO 3 Rt, SONR4R5, SOzN tRs, SO3NR4R5, P(R4) 3 , P(=O)(R 4 ) 3 , Si(R 4 )3, B(R4)2; F and gl or gl and Ql is a C 2 -C 8 saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring system further substituted by R 6 , including epoxides and thioepoxides; Ql connected to MI (or Nl) or Ql (or F); gl connected to Ql (or F) or Si (or Ti); Si (or T) connected to Al (or Bi); Al (or B_l) connected to Ql (or Pi); F connected to Ql (or Pi) or F (or Gl); gl connected to F; F connected to F; F connected to Kl; Kl connected to F; F connected to Ml (or Nl) are d-C 8 disubstituted (fused) saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring systems further substituted by R , (C=X)R 6 and X(C=X)R 6 , including epoxides and thioepoxides; Ai, Bi and Cl, Dl and F , Gl and Mi, Ml and F, Ql and Si, are =X where X is selected from sulfur, oxygen, nitrogen, NRφ s, (C=X)R 6 , X(C=X)R ό , and =CR 7 R 8 ; R 7 and R 8 are each independently selected from R ό , (C=X)R 6 and X(C=X)R 6 wherein: n is 0-10 atoms selected from carbon, oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, phosphorus, silicon, boron, arsenic and selenium, wherein the ring defined by said atoms is saturated or unsaturated, including epoxides and thioepoxides; Af-lf are independently selected from hydrogen, R 9 , R 10 , Rπ, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, OR 9 , SR 9 , NR 9 R 10 , N(=O) 2 , NR 9 OR 10 , ONR 9 R 10 , SOR 9 , SO 2 R 9 , SO 3 R 9 , SONR 9 R 10 , SO 2 NR 9 R 10 , SO 3 NR 9 R 10 , P(R 9 ) 3 , P(=O)(R 9 ) 3 , Si(R 9 ) 3 , B(R 9 ) 2 , (C=X)R π or X(C=X)R π where X is selected from sulfur, oxygen and nitrogen; R 9 and R 10 are each independently selected from d-C 2 o alkyl (branched and sfraight chained), d-C 20 arylalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, Cβ-Cu aryl, Ci-Cu heteroaryl, C 1 -C 14 heterocycle, C 2 -C 1 o alkenyl (branched and sfraight chained), C 2 -C 10 alkynyl (branched and straight chained), d-Cio heteroarylalkyl, Ci-do alkoxyalkyl, d-Cio haloalkyl, dihaloalkyl, trihaloalkyl, haloalkoxy, d-C 10 [CN, OR 9 , SR 9 , NR 9 R 10 , N(=O) 2 , NR 9 OR 10 , ONR 9 R 10 , SOR 9 , SO 2 R 9 , SO 3 R 9 , SONR 9 R 10 , SO 2 NR 9 R 10 , SO 3 NR 9 R 10 , P(R 9 ) 3 , P(=O)(R 9 ) 3 , Si(R 9 ) 3 , B(R 9 ) 2 ]alkyl; Rπ is selected from R 9 , R 10 , CN, COR 9 , CO 2 R 9 , OR 9 , SR 9 , NR 9 R 10 , N(=O) 2 , NR 9 ORJO, ONR 9 R 10 , SOR 9 , SO 2 R 9 , SO 3 R 9 , SONR 9 R 10 , SO 2 NR 9 R 10 , SO 3 NR 9 R 10 , P(R 9 ) , P(=O)(R 9 ) 3 , Si(R 9 ) 3 , B(R 9 ) 2 ; B 1 and gl, g and &_ and gl and Mf are selected from a C 2 -C 8 saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring system further substituted by Rπ, including epoxides and thioepoxides; Af (or Af) connected to Al (or Af) or if (or Sf); gf. connected to Al (or Al) or l (or pf). gf connected to E 1 or Cf (or pf); gl connected to gf (or Ff); Gf (or gf) connected to gl (or Fl) or if (or jf); Kf (or gf) connected to ll (or f) or M ; Ml connected to & (or Nf); Ql connected Qf (or Nf) or Pf (or Ql); gf connected Pf (or Ql) or Sf . (or ) are Ci-C 8 disubstituted (fused) saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring systems further substituted by Rπ, (C=X)Rπ and X(C=X)Rπ, including epoxides and thioepoxides; Af, A and A, A and Q , pf and F, g and Gf , gf and f, ll and Kf , V and Nf , Q and Pf . , Q and Si, if are =X where X is selected from sulfur, oxygen, nitrogen, NR 9 R 10 , including (C=X)R n and X(C=X)R π , and =CR 12 R 13 ; R 12 and R 13 are independently selected from Rπ, (C=X)Rπ and X(C=X)Rπ wherein: n is 0-10 atoms selected from carbon, oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, phosphorus, silicon, boron, arsenic and selenium, wherein the ring defined by said atoms is saturated or unsaturated, including epoxides and thioepoxides; Af-Xf are independently selected from hydrogen, R 14 , R 15 , R 16 , F, Cl, Br, I, CN, OR 14 , SR 14 , NRι 4 R 15 , N(=O) 2 , NR 14 OR 15 , ONRι 4 R 15 , SOR , SO 2 R 14 , SO 3 R 14 , SONR 14 R 15 , SO 2 NR 14 R 15 , SO 3 NR 14 R 15 , P(Rι 4 ) 3 , P(=O)(R 14 ) 3 , Si(R 14 ) 3 , B(R 14 ), (C=Y)R 16 or Y(C=Y)R 16 where Y is selected from sulfur, oxygen and nitrogen; R ϊ4 and R 15 are each independently selected from d-C 2 o alkyl (branched and/or sfraight chained), C 1 -C 20 arylalkyl, C -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 6 -d 4 aryl, d-C 14 heteroaryl, C!-C 14 heterocycle, C 2 -do alkenyl (branched and/or straight chained), d-do alkynyl (branched and/or straight chained), d-do heteroarylalkyl, d-do alkoxyalkyl, d-C 10 haloalkyl, dihaloalkyl, trihaloalkyl, haloalkoxy, d-C 10 [CN, OR 14 , SR 14 , NR 14 R 10 , N(=O) 2 , NR 14 OR 15 , ONR 14 R 15 , SOR 14 , SO 2 R 14 , SO 3 R 14 , SONR 14 R 15 , SO 2 NR 14 R 15 , SO 3 NR M R 15 , P(R 14 ) 3 , P(=O)(R 14 ) 3 , Si(R 14 ) 3 , B(R 14 ) 2 ]alkyl; Ri 6 is selected from R 14 , R 15 , CN, COR 1 , CO 2 Rιs, OR 1 , SR 14 , NRι 4 R 15 , N(=0) 2 , NR 14 OR 15 , ONR 14 R 15 , SOR 14 , SO 2 R 14 , SO 3 R 14 , SONR 14 Rι 5 , SO 2 NRι 4 R 15 , SO 3 NR 14 R 15 , P(R 14 ) 3 , P(=O)(R 14 ) 3 , Si(R 14 ) 3 , B(Rι 4 ) 2 ; 0 0 0 0 0 0 g_ and Y_, g_ and S_, and I_ and P_ are C 2 -C 8 saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring system further substituted by R 16 , including epoxides and thioepoxides; Af (or B_f) connected to Cf (or pf) or W 2 . (or Xf ); gf connected to Cf (or pf ) or gf (or Gf); gf_connected to (or Gf) or £; £ connected to £ (or K 2 ); gf (or Mf) connected to £ (or Kf) or Nf (or Q ); gf (or Ql) connected to Pf or Sf ; Vf comiected to Uf (° r if) or Wf (or Xf) are d-C 8 disubstituted (fused) saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring systems further substituted by R 16 , (C=Y)R 16 and Y(C=Y)R 16 , including epoxides and thioepoxides; Af, B£; Cf, Df; gf, ( Ϋ; £, K 2 ; gf, Mf; Nf, Ql; Ql, gf; Uf, if and Xf, £ are =Y where Y is selected from sulfur, oxygen, nitrogen, NR 14 R 15 and =CR 1 R 18 ; R 17 and R 18 are independently selected from R 16 , (C=Y)R 16 and Y(C=Y)R 16 wherein: n is 0-10 atoms selected from carbon, oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, phosphorus, silicon, boron, arsenic and selenium, wherein the ring defined by said atoms is saturated or unsaturated, including epoxides and thioepoxides; Af-Zf are independently selected from hydrogen, R 19 , R 2 o, R 21 , F, Cl, Br, I, CN, OR 19 , SR 19 , NR 19 R 20 , N(=O) 2 , NR 19 OR 20 , ONR 19 R 20 , SOR 19 , SO 2 R 19 , SO 3 R 19 , SONR 19 R 20 , SO 2 NR 19 R 20 , SO 3 NR 19 R 20 , P(R 19 ) 3 , P(=O)(R 19 ) 3 , Si(R 19 ) 3 , B(R 19 ) 2 , (C=0)R 21 or 0(C=0)R 21 where 0 is sulfur, oxygen and nitrogen ; R 19 and R o are each independently selected from d-C 2 o alkyl (branched and/or straight chained), d-C 2 o arylalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 6 -C 14 aryl, Ci-C 14 heteroaryl, d-C 14 heterocycle, C 2 -Cio alkenyl (branched and/or straight chained), C 2 -C 1 o alkynyl (branched and/or straight chained), d-C 10 heteroarylalkyl, d-C 10 alkoxyalkyl, d-do haloalkyl, dihaloalkyl, trihaloalkyl, haloalkoxy, d-C 10 [CN, OR 19 , SR 19 , NR 19 R 20 , N(=O) 2 , NR 19 OR 20 , ONRι 9 R 20 , SOR 19 , SO 2 R 19 , SO 3 R 19 , SONR 19 R 20 , SO 2 NR 19 R 20 , SO 3 NRι 9 R 20 , P(R 19 ) 3 , P(-O)(R 19 ) 3 , Si(R 19 ) 3 , B(R 19 ) 2 ]alkyl; R 21 is selected from R 19 , R 20 , CN, COR 19 , CO 2 R 19 , OR 19 , SR 19 , NR 19 R 20 , N(=O) 2 , NR 19 OR 20 , ONR 19 R 20 , SOR 19 , SO 2 R 19 , SO 3 R 19 , SONR 19 R 20 , SO 2 NR 19 R 20 , SO 3 NR 19 R 20 , P(Rι 9 ) 3 , P(=O)(R 19 ) 3 , Si(R 19 ) 3 , B(R 19 ) 2 ; D connected to X_ is a C 2 -C 8 saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring system further substituted by R 21 , including epoxides and thioepoxides; Af (or A 3 . ) connected to B 3 . (or Ql) or 2± (or Y 3 . ); pf connected to f (or Cf ) or gf (or ≠) Ql (or gf ) connected to gf (or ) or £ (or £); gf (or K 3 ) connected to £ (or £) or Mf (or Nf); Of (or Of) connected to Nf (or Mf) or pf (or Ql). S£ (or gf) connected to Ql (or P 3 . ) or Uf (or if). W (or V 3 . ) connected to gf (or if) or Xf ; Xf connected to jf (or Zf) are Ci-Cg disubstituted (fused) saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring systems further substituted by R 21 , (C= 0)R 21 and 0 (C= 0)R 21 , including epoxides and thioepoxides; Af , A ; P£, Cf ; gf , gf ; Gf, gf ; £, £; K 3 , gf ; Mf, Nf ; Of , Q 3 . ; Ql, gf , Sj, gf , U 3 , if, W 3 . , Vf , and Z , Yf are =0 where 0 is selected from sulfur, oxygen, nitrogen, NR 19 R 20 , and =CR 22 R 23 ; and R 22 and R 23 are selected from R 21 , (C= 0)R 21 and 0(C= 0)R 21 ; and which chemical agent or derivative or chemical analogue thereof is capable of modulating PKC activity, PKC-dependent gene expression or PKC enzyme turnover and wherein said chemical agent or its derivatives or chemical analogues is administered for a time and under conditions sufficient to potentiate components of the immune system. 22. A method according to Claim 21 wherein the chemical agent is represented by the general formula (VI):- wherein:- R 24 , R 2 S and R 26 are independently selected from hydrogen, R 27 , R 28 , F, Cl, Br, I, CN, OR 27 , SR 27 , NR 27 R 28 , N(=O) 2 , NR 27 OR 28 , ONR 27 R 28 , SOR 27 , SO 2 R 27 , SO 3 R 27 , SONR 27 R 28 , SO 2 NR 27 R 28 , SO 3 NR 27 R 28 , P(R 27 ) 3 , P(=O)(R 27 ) 3 , Si(R 27 ) 3 , B(R 27 ) 2 , (C=X)R 29 or X(C=X)R 2 where X is selected from sulfur, oxygen and nitrogen; R 27 and R 28 are each independently selected from C 1 -C 20 alkyl (branched and/or sfraight chained), d-C 2 o arylalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 6 -Cu aryl, C 1 -C 14 heteroaryl, d-Cu heterocycle, C 2 -C 1 o alkenyl (branched and/or straight chained), C 2 -do alkynyl (branched and/or straight chained), d-C 10 heteroarylalkyl, d-do alkoxyalkyl, d-do haloalkyl, dihaloalkyl, trihaloalkyl, haloalkoxy, d-C 10 [CN, OR 27 , SR 27 , NR 27 R 28 , N(=O) 2 , NR 27 OR 28 , ONR 27 R 28 , SOR 27 , SO 2 R 27 , SO 3 R 27 , SONR 27 R 28 , SO 2 NR 27 R 28 , SO 3 NR 27 R 28 , P(R 27 ) 3 , P(=O)(R 27 ) 3 , Si(R 27 ) 3 , B(R 27 ) 2 ]alkyl; R 29 is selected from R 27 , R 28 , CN, COR 27 , CO 2 R 27 , OR 27 , SR 27 , NR 27 R 28 , N(=O) 2 , , NR 27 OR 28 , ONR 27 R 2 8, SOR 27 , SO 2 R 27 , SO 3 R 27 , SONR 27 R 28 , SO 2 NR 27 R 28 , SO 3 NR 27 R 28 , P(R 27 ) 3 , P(=O)(R 27 ) 3 , Si(R 27 ) 3 , B(R 27 ) 2 . 23. A method according to Claim 22 wherein R 24 is H. 24. A method according to Claim 22 wherein R 24 is OAcetyl. 25. A method according to Claim 22 wherein R 24 is OH. 26. A method according to Claim 22 wherein R 25 and R 26 are OH. 27. A method according to Claim 21 wherein the plant is of the genus selected from Acalypha, Acidoton, Actinostemon, Adelia, Adenocline, Adenocrepis, Adenophaedra, Adisca, Agrostistachys, Alchornea, Alchomeopsis, Alcinaeanthus, Alcoceria, Aleurites, Amanoa, Andrachne, Angostyles, Anisophyllum, Antidesma, Aphora, Aporosa, Aporosella, Argythamnia, Astrococcus, Astrogyne, Baccanrea, Baliospermum, Bernardia, Beyeriopsis, Bischofia, Blachia, Blumeodondron, Bonania, Bradleia, Breynia, Breyniopsis, Briedelia, Buraeavia, Caperonia, Caryodendron, Celianella, Cephalocroton, Chaenotheca, Chaetocarpus, Chamaesyce, Cheilosa, Chiropetalum, Choriophyllum, Cicca, Chaoxylon, Cleidon, Cleistanthus, Cluytia, Cnesmone, Cnidoscolus, Coccoceras, Codiaeum, Coelodiscus, Conami, Conceveiba, Conceveibastrum, Conceveϊbum, Corythea, Croizatia, Croton, Crotonopsis, Crozophora, Cubanthus, Cunuria, Dactylostemon, Dalechampia, Dendrocousinsia, Diaspersus, Didymocistus, Dimorphocalyx, Discocarpus, Ditaxis, Dodecastingma, Drypetes, Dysopsis, Elateriospermum, Endadenium, Endospermum, Erismanthus, Erythrocarpus, Erythrochilus, Eumecanthus, Euphorbia, Euphorbiodendron, Excoecaria, Flueggea, Calearia, Garcia, Gavarretia, Gelonium, Giara, Givotia, Glochidion, Clochidionopsis, Glycydendron, Gymnanthes, Gymnosparia, Haematospermum, Hendecandra, Hevea, Hieronima, Hieronyma, Hippocrepandra, Homalanthus, Hymenocardia, Janipha, Jatropha, Julocroton, Lasiocroton, Leiocarpus, Leonardia, Lepidanthus, Leucocroton, Mabea, Macaranga, Mallotus, Manihot, Mappa, Maprounea, Melanthesa, Mercurialis, Mettenia, Micrandra, Microdesmis, Microelus, Microstachy, Maocroton, Monadenium, Mozinna, Neoscortechinia, Omalanthus, Omphalea, Ophellantha, Orbicularia, Ostodes, Oxydectes, Palenga, Pantadenia, Paradrypeptes, Pausandra, Pedilanthus, Pera, Peridium, Petalostigma, Phyllanthus, Picrodendro, Pierardia, Pilinophytum, Pimeleodendron, Piranhea, Platygyna, Plukenetia, Podocalyx, Poinsettia, Poraresia, Prosartema, Pseudanthus, Pycnocoma, Quadrasia, Reverchonia, Richeria, Richeriella, Ricinella, Ricinocarpus, Rottlera, Sagotia, Sanwithia, Sapium, Savia, Sclerocroton, Sebastiana, Securinega, Senefeldera, Senefilderopsis, Serophyton, Siphonia, Spathiostemon, Spixia, Stillingia, Strophioblachia, Synadenium, Tetracoccus, Tetraplandra, Tetrorchidium, Thyrsanthera, Tithymalus, Trageia, Trewia, Trigonostemon, Tyria and Xylophylla. 28. A method according to Claim 27 wherein the plant is of the genus Euphorbia. 29. A method according to Claim 28 wherein the species of Euphorbia is selected from Euphorbia aaron-rossii, Euphorbia abbreviata, Euphorbia acuta, Euphorbia alatocaulis, Euphorbia albicaulis, Euphorbia algomarginata, Euphorbia aliceae, Euphorbia alta, Euphorbia anacampseros, Euphorbia andromedae, Euphorbia angusta, Euphorbia anthonyi, Euphorbia antiguensis, Euphorbia apocynifolia, Euphorbia arabica, Euphorbia ariensis, Euphorbia arizonica, Euphorbia arkansana, Euphorbia arteagae, Euphorbia arundelana, Euphorbia astroites, Euphorbia atrococca, Euphorbia baselicis, Euphorbia batabanensis, Euphorbia bergeri, Euphorbia bermudiana, Euphorbia bicolor, Euphorbia biformis, Euphorbia bifurcata, Euphorbia bilobata, Euphorbia biramensis, Euphorbia biuncialis, Euphorbia blepharostipula, Euphorbia blodgetti, Euphorbia boerhaavioides, Euphorbia boliviana, Euphorbia bracei, Euphorbia brachiata, Euphorbia brachycera, Euphorbia brandegee, Euphorbia brittonii, Euphorbia caesia, Euphorbia calcicola, Euphorbia campestris, Euphorbia candelabrum, Euphorbia capitellata, Euphorbia carmenensis, Euphorbia carunculata, Euphorbia cayensis, Euphorbia celastroides, Euphorbia chalicophila, Euphorbia chamaerrhodos, Euphorbia chamaesula, Euphorbia chiapensis, Euphorbia chiogenoides, Euphorbia cinerascens, Euphorbia clarionensis, Euphorbia colimae, Euphorbia colorata, Euphorbia commutata, Euphorbia consoquitlae, Euphorbia convolvuloides, Euphorbia corallifera, Euphorbia creberrima, Euphorbia crenulata, Euphorbia cubensis, Euphorbia cuspidata, Euphorbia cymbiformis, Euphorbia darlingtonii, Euphorbia defoliata, Euphorbia degeneri, Euphorbia deltoidea, Euphorbia dentata, Euphorbia depressa Euphorbia dictyosperma, Euphorbia dictyosperma, Euphorbia dioeca, Euphorbia discoidalis, Euphorbia dorsiventralis, Euphorbia drumondii, Euphorbia duclouxii, Euphorbia dussii, Euphorbia eanophylla, Euphorbia eggersii, Euphorbia eglandulosa, Euphorbia elata, Euphorbia enalla, Euphorbia eriogonoides, Euphorbia eriophylla, Euphorbia esculaeformis, Euphorbia espirituensis, Euphorbia esula, Euphorbia excisa, Euphorbia exclusa, Euphorbia exstipitata, Euphorbia exstipulata, Euphorbia fendleri, Euphorbia filicaulis, Euphorbia filiformis, Euphorbia florida, Euphorbia fruticulosa, Euphorbia garber, Euphorbia gaumerii, Euphorbia gerardiana, Euphorbia geyeri, Euphorbia glyptosperma, Euphorbia gorgonis, Euphorbia gracilior, Euphorbia gracillima, Euphorbia gradyi, Euphorbia graminea, Euphorbia graminiea Euphorbia grisea, Euphorbia guadalajarana, Euphorbia guanarensis, Euphorbia gymnadenia, Euphorbia haematantha, Euphorbia hedyotoides, Euphorbia heldrichii, Euphorbia helenae, Euphorbia helleri, Euphorbia helwigii, Euphorbia henricksonii, Euphorbia heterophylla, Euphorbia hexagona, Euphorbia hexagonoides, Euphorbia hinkleyorum, Euphorbia hintonii, Euphorbia hirtula, Euphorbia hirta, Euphorbia hooveri, Euphorbia humistrata, Euphorbia hypericifolia, Euphorbia inundata, Euphorbia involuta, Euphorbia jaliscensis, Euphorbia jejuna, Euphorbia Johnston, Euphorbia juttae, Euphorbia knuthii, Euphorbia lasiocarpa, Euphorbia lata, Euphorbia latazi, Euphorbia latericolor, Euphorbia laxiflora Euphorbia lecheoides, Euphorbia ledienii, Euphorbia leucophylla, Euphorbia lineata, Euphorbia linguiformis, Euphorbia longecornuta, Euphorbia longepetiolata, Euphorbia longeromosa, Euphorbia longinsulicola, Euphorbia longipila, Euphorbia lupulina, Euphorbia lurida, Euphorbia lycioides, Euphorbia macropodoides, macvaughiana, Euphorbia manca, Euphorbia mandoniana, Euphorbia mangleti, Euphorbia mango, Euphorbia marylandica, Euphorbia mayana, Euphorbia melanadenia, Euphorbia melanocarpa, Euphorbia meridensis, Euphorbia mertonii, Euphorbia mexiae, Euphorbia microcephala, Euphorbia microclada, Euphorbia micromera, Euphorbia misella, Euphorbia missurica, Euphorbia montana, Euphorbia montereyana, Euphorbia multicaulis, Euphorbia multiformis, Euphorbia multinodis, Euphorbia multiseta, Euphorbia muscicola, Euphorbia neomexicana, Euphorbia nephradenia, Euphorbia niqueroana, Euphorbia oaxacana, Euphorbia occidentalis, Euphorbia odontodenia, Euphorbia olivacea, Euphorbia olowaluana, Euphorbia opthalmica, Euphorbia ovata, Euphorbia pachypoda, Euphorbia pachyrhiza, Euphorbia padifolia, Euphorbia palmeri, Euphorbia paludicola, Euphorbia parciflora, Euphorbia parishii, Euphorbia parryi, Euphorbia paxiana, Euphorbia pediculifera, Euphorbia peplidion, Euphorbia peploides, Euphorbia peplus, Euphorbia pergamena, Euphorbia perlignea, Euphorbia petaloidea, Euphorbia petaloidea, Euphorbia petrina, Euphorbia picachensis, Euphorbia pilosula, Euphorbia pilulifera, Euphorbia pinariona, Euphorbia pinetorum, Euphorbia pionosperma, Euphorbia platysperma, Euphorbia plicata, Euphorbia poeppigii, Euphorbia poliosperma, Euphorbia polycarpa, Euphorbia polycnemoides, Euphorbia polyphylla, Euphorbia portoricensis, Euphorbia portulacoides Euphorbia portulana, Euphorbia preslii, Euphorbia prostrata, Euphorbia pteroneura, Euphorbia pycnanthema, Euphorbia romosa, Euphorbia rapulum, Euphorbia remyi, Euphorbia retroscabra, Euphorbia revoluta, Euphorbia rivularis, Euphorbia robusta, Euphorbia romosa, Euphorbia rubida, Euphorbia rubrosperma, Euphorbia rupicola, Euphorbia sanmartensis, Euphorbia saxatilis M. Bieb, Euphorbia schizoloba, Euphorbia sclerocyathium, Euphorbia scopulorum, Euphorbia senilis, Euphorbia serpyllifolia, Euphorbia serrula, Euphorbia setiloba Engelm, Euphorbia sonorae, Euphorbia soobyi, Euphorbia sparsiflora, Euphorbia sphaerosperma, Euphorbia syphilitica, Euphorbia spruceana, Euphorbia subcoerulea, Euphorbia stellata, Euphorbia submammilaris, Euphorbia subpeltata, Euphorbia subpubens, Euphorbia subreniforme, Euphorbia subtrifoliata, Euphorbia succedanea, Euphorbia tamaulipasana, Euphorbia telephioides, Euphorbia tenuissima, Euphorbia tetrapora, Euphorbia tirucalli, Euphorbia tomentella, Euphorbia tomentosa, Euphorbia torralbasii, Euphorbia tovariensis, Euphorbia trachysperma, Euphorbia tricolor, Euphorbia troyana, Euphorbia tuerckheimii, Euphorbia turczaninowii, Euphorbia umbellulata, Euphorbia undulata, Euphorbia vermiformis, Euphorbia versicolor, Euphorbia villifera, Euphorbia violacea, Euphorbia whitei, Euphorbia xanti Engelm, Euphorbia xylopoda Greenm., Euphorbia yayalesia Urb., Euphorbia yungasensis, Euphorbia zeravschanica and Euphorbia zinniiflora. 30. A method according to Claim 29 wherein the species of Euphorbia is Euphorbia peplus. 31. A method according to Claim 21 wherein the pathogenic organism is a prokaryotic microorganism. 32. A method according to Claim 31 wherein the prokaryotic microorganism is a species of Treponema sp., Borrelia sp., Neisseria sp., Legionella sp., Bordetella sp., Escherichia sp., Salmonella sp., Shigella sp., Klebsiella sp., Yersinia sp., Vibrio sp., Hemophilus sp., Rickettsia sp., Chlamydia sp., Mycoplasma sp., Staphylococcus sp., Streptococcus sp., Bacillus sp., Clostridium sp., Corynebacterium sp., Proprionibacterium sp., Mycobacterium sp., Ureaplasma sp. and Listeria sp. 33. A method according to Claim 31 wherein the prokaryotic microorganism is selected from Treponema pallidum, Borrelia burgdorferi, Neisseria gonorrhea, Neisseria meningitidis, Legionella pneumophila, Bordetella pertussis, Escherichia coli, Salmonella typhi, Salmonella typhimurium, Shigella dysenteriae, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Yersinia pestis, Vibrio cholerae, Hemophilus influenzae, Rickettsia rickettsii, Chlamydia trachomatis, Mycoplasma pneumoniae, Staphylococcus aureus, Streptococcus pneumoniae, Streptococcus pyogenes, Bacillus anthracis, Clostridium botulinum, Clostridium tetani, Clostridium perfringens, Corynebacterium diphtheriae, Proprionibacterium acnes, Mycobacterium tuberculosis, Mycobacterium leprae, Ureaplasma parvum and Listeria monocytogenes. 34. A method according to Claim 33 wherein the prokaryotic organism is a Salmonella typhi, Salmonella typhimurium, Streptococcus pneumoniae, Streptococcus pyogenes and Staphylococcus aureus. 35. A method according to 21 wherein the pathogenic organism is a lower eukaryotic microorganism. 36. A method according to Claim 35 wherein the lower eukaryotic organism is a yeast or fungus selected from Pneumocystis carinii, Candida albicans, Aspergϊllus, Histoplasma capsulatum, Blastomyces dermatitidis, Cryptococcus neoformans, Trichophyton and Microsporum. 37. A method according to Claim 21 wherein the pathogenic organism is a complex eukaryotic organism. 38. A method according to Claim 37 wherein the complex eukaryotic organism is selected from worms, insects, arachnids, nematodes, aemobe, Entamoeba histolytica, Giardia lamblia, Trichomonas vaginalis, Trypanosoma brucei gambiense, Trypanosoma cruzi, Balantidium coli, Toxoplasma gondii, Cryptosporidium or Leishmania. 39. A method according to Claim 21 wherein the pathogenic organism is a virus. 40. A method according to Claim 39 wherein the virus is selected from adeno viruses, papovaviruses, heφesviruses: simplex, varicella-zoster, Epstein-Barr, CMV, pox viruses: smallpox, vaccinia, hepatitis B, rhinoviruses, hepatitis A, poliovirus, rubellavirus, hepatitis C, arboviruses, rabiesvirus, influenzaviruses A and B, measlesvirus, mumpsvirus, HIV, HTLV I and II. 41. A method according to Claim 40 wherein the virus is HIV, HTLV 1 or HTLV II. 42. A method according to Claim 41 wherein the virus is HIV. 43. A method according to Claim 40 wherein the virus is Epstein-Barr virus. 44. A method according to Claim 1 or 11 or 21 wherein the chemical agent is a jatrophane or a derivative thereof or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of these. 45. A method according to Claim 44 wherein said derivative is an ester derivative. 46. A method according to Claim 44 wherein said derivative is an acetylated derivative. 47. A method according to Claim 1 or 11 or 21 wherein said chemical agent is a pepluane or a derivative thereof or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of these. 48. A method according to Claim 47 wherein said derivative is an ester derivative. 49. A method according to Claim 47 wherein said derivative is an acetylated derivative. 50. A method according to Claim 1 or 11 or 21 wherein said chemical agent is a paraliane or a derivative thereof or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of these. 51. A method according to Claim 50 wherein said derivative is an ester derivative. 52. A method according to Claim 50 wherein said derivative is an acetylated derivative. 53. A method according to Claim 1 or 11 or 21 wherein said compound is an angeloyl-substituted ingenane or a derivative thereof or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of these. 54. A method according to Claim 53 wherein said derivative is an acetylated derivative. 55. A method according to Claim 53 wherein said jatrophane is of conformation 2. 56. A method according to Claim 44 or 47 or 50 or 53 wherein the derivative comprises a substitution as represented in any one of general formulae (I) - (VI). 57. A method according to Claim 1 or 11 or 21 wherein said compound is 5,8,9,10,14-pentaacetoxy-3-benzoyloxy-15-hydroxypepluane (pepluane) or a derivative thereof or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of these. 58. A method according to Claim 54 wherein said derivative is an ester derivative. 59. A method according to Claim 1 or 11 or 21 wherein said compound is 2,3,5,7,15-pentaacetoxy-9-nicotinoyloxy-14-oxojatropha-6(17),l lE-diene (jafrophane 1) or a derivative thereof or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of these. 60. A method according to Claim 59 wherein said derivative is an ester derivative. 61. A method according to Claim 1 or 11 or 21 wherein said compound is 2,5,7,8,9,14-hexaacetoxy-3-benzoyloxy-15-hydroxy-jatropha-6(17),l lE-diene (jatrophane 2) or a derivative thereof or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of these. 62. A method according to Claim 61 wherein said derivative is an ester derivative. 63. A method according to Claim 1 or 11 or 21 wherein said compound is 2,5,14-triacetoxy-3 -benzoyloxy-8 , 15 -dihydroxy-7-isobutyroyloxy-9- nicotinoyloxyjatropha-6(17), llE-diene (jatrophane 3) or a derivative thereof or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of these. 64. A method according to Claim 63 wherein said derivative is an ester derivative. 65. A method according to Claim 1 or 11 or 21 wherein said compound is 2,5,9, 14-tetraacetoxy-3 -benzoyloxy-8, 15-dihydroxy-7-isobutyroyloxyj atropha-6(l 7), 11E- diene) (jatrophane 4) or a derivative thereof or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of these. 66. A method according to Claim 65 wherein said derivative is an ester derivative. 67. A method according to Claim 1 or 11 or 21 wherein said compound is 2,5,7,14-tetraacetoxy-3-benzoyloxy-8,15-dihydroxy-9-nicotinoylox3^jatropha-6(17),llΕ- diene (jafrophane 5) or a derivative thereof or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of these. 68. A method according to Claim 67 wherein said derivative is an ester derivative. 69. A method according to Claim 1 or 11 or 21 wherein said compound is 2,5,7,9,14-pentaacetoxy-3-benzoyloxy-8,15-dihydroxyjatropha-6(17),llE-diene (jatrophane 6) or a derivative thereof or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of these. 70. A method according to Claim 69 wherein said derivative is an ester derivative. 71. A method according to Claim 1 or 11 or 21 wherein said compound is 20-O- acetyl-ingenol-3-angelate or a derivative thereof or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of these. 72. A method according to Claim 71 wherein said derivative is an ester derivative. 73. A method according to Claim 1 or 11 or 21 or 44 or 47 or 50 or 53 or 57 or 59 or 61 or 63 or 65 or 67 or 69 or 72 wherein said compound is provided in the form of a composition comprising a pharmaceutically- or cosmetically-acceptable carrier. 74. A method according to Claim 73 wherein said carrier is selected from β- alanine betaine hydrochloride and t-4-hydroxy-N,N-dimethylproline. 75. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of an inflammatory condition and/or a method for the immunopotentiation of a subject, said method comprising administration to said subject of a virus-activating effective amount of a macrocyclic diteφene obtainable from a Euphorbiaceae plant or its botanical or horticultural relative, said macrocyclic diteφene being selected from an ingenane, pepluane or jatrophane, or a derivative or chemical analogue thereof, having the structure represented by any one of the general formulae (I) - (V) wherein: n is 0-10 atoms selected from carbon, oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, phosphorus, silicon, boron, arsenic and selenium, wherein the ring defined by said atoms is saturated or unsaturated, including epoxides and thioepoxides; " A-T are independently selected from hydrogen, R ls R 2 , R 3 , F, Cl, Br, I, CN, ORi, SR NRiR 2 , N(=O) 2 , NR 1 OR 2 , ONRιR 2 , SORi, SO 2 R l5 SO 3 R b SONRιR 2 , SO 2 NR!R 2 , SO 3 NR!R 2 , P(Rι) 3 , P(=O)(Rι) 3 , Si( ι) 3 , B(Rι) 2 , (C=X)R 3 or X(C=X)R 3 where X is selected from sulfur, oxygen and nitrogen; Ri and R 2 are each independently selected from d-C 20 alkyl (branched and/or straight chained), C 1 -C 20 arylalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 6 -Ci 4 aryl, Ci-Cu heteroaryl, C 1 -C 14 heterocycle, C 2 -do alkenyl (branched and/or straight chained), C 2 -do alkynyl (branched and/or straight chained), d-do heteroarylalkyl, d-do alkoxyalkyl, d-do haloalkyl, dihaloalkyl, trihaloalkyl, haloalkoxy, d-Cι 0 [CN, OR l5 SRi, NR 1 R 2 , N(=O) 2 , NR 1 OR 2 , ONR!R 2 , SORi, SO 2 R SO 3 R SONRιR 2 , SO 2 NRιR 2 , SO 3 NRιR 2 , P( ι) 3 , P(=O)(Rι) 3 , Si(Rι) 3 , B(Rι) 2 ]alkyl; R 3 is selected from R ls R 2 , CN, COR b CO 2 Rι, OR ls SRi, NR 1 R 2 , N(=O) 2 , RιOR 2 , ONR 1 R 2 , SORi, SC^R. 1 , SO 3 Rι, SONRιR 2 , SO 2 NRιR 2 , SO 3 NRιR 2 , P(Rι) 3 , P(=O)(Rι) 3 , Si(Rι) 3 , B(R ) 2 ; A connected to B (or C), D (or E), g (or Q), P (or O) or S (or T) is a selection of Cι-C 8 disubstituted (fused) saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic rings further substituted by R 3 , (C=X)R 3 and X(C=X)R 3 , including epoxides and thioepoxides; J connected to I (or g), G (or F), K (or L), M (or N) or S (or I) is a selection of Cι-C 8 disubstituted (fused) saturated and unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic rings further substituted by R 3 , (C=X)R 3 and X(C=X)R 3 , including epoxides and thioepoxides; P (or E) connected to B (or C) or G (or F); I (or g) connected to G (or F); P (or Q) connected to g (or Q) or (or N); K (or L) connected to N (or M) 1S selection of Cι-C 8 disubstituted (fused) saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic rings substituted by R 3 , (C=X)R 3 and X(C=X)R 3 , including epoxides and thioepoxides; B and C, P and g, g and Q, P and Q, I and g, G and F, K and L, M and N or S and I are =X where X is selected from sulfur, oxygen, nitrogen, NRιR 2 , and =CRιR 2 wherein: n is 0-10 atoms selected from carbon, oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, phosphorus, silicon, boron, arsenic and selenium, wherein the ring defined by said atoms is saturated or unsaturated, including epoxides and thioepoxides; A'-T' are independently selected from hydrogen, R 4 , R 5 , R δ , F, Cl, Br, I, CN, COR4, CO 2 R4, OR4, SR4, NRtRs, CONRiRs, N(=O) 2 , MUORs, ONROls, SOR^ SO 2 R4, SO 3 R4, SONRtRs, SO2NR4R5, SO 3 NR4R 5 , P(R4) 3 , P(=O)(R4) 3 , Si(R 3 , R^i, (C=X)R 6 or X(C=X)R 6 where X is selected from sulfur, oxygen and nitrogen; R 4 and R 5 are each independently selected from Cι-C 20 alkyl (branched and/or sfraight chained), Cι-C 2 o arylalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 6 -Ci 4 aryl, C 1 -C 14 heteroaryl, C 1 -C 14 heterocycle, C 2 -Cιo alkenyl (branched and/or sfraight chained), C 2 -Cι 0 alkynyl (branched and/or sfraight chained), C1-C10 heteroarylalkyl, C1-C1 0 alkoxyalkyl, C 1 -C10 haloalkyl, dihaloalkyl, trihaloalkyl, haloalkoxy, C1-C 10 [CN, OR4, SR 4 , NR 4 R 5 , N(=O) 2 , NR4OR5, ONR4R5, SOR4, SO 2 R4, SOs t, SONRiRs, SOSNP S, SO 3 NR4R 5 , P(R4)3, P(=O)(R4) 3 , Si(R4) 3 , B(R4) 2 ]alkyl; R 6 is selected from R4, R 5 , CN, COR 4 , CO 2 P , OR4, SR 4 , NR 4 R 5 , N(=O) 2 , NR4OR5, ON tRs, SOR4, SO 2 R4, SO 3 R4, SONR4R5, SO 2 NR4R 5 , SOsN jRs, P R 3, P(=O)(R 4 )3, Si(R 4 ) 3 , B(R 4 ) 2 ; gl and gl or g£ and Ql is a C -C 8 saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring system further substituted by R 6 , including epoxides and thioepoxides; Ql connected to Mi (or Ni) or Ql (or F); gl connected to Ql (or F) or Si (or II); S (or Ii) connected to Al (or Bi); Ai (or B_i) connected to Ql (or Pi); gl connected to Cl (or Pi) or £1 (or G_l); gl connected to F; F connected to F; F connected to Kl; Kl connected to F; gl connected to Mi (or Ni) are Cι-C 8 disubstituted (fused) saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring systems further substituted by Re, (C=X)R 6 and X(C=X)R 6 , including epoxides and thioepoxides; Al, B_l and Ql, Dl and F, Ql and Ml, Nl and F, Ql and Si, H are =X where X is selected from sulfur, oxygen, nitrogen, NR t R 5 , (C=X)R 6 , X(C=X)R 6 , and =CR R 8 ; R 7 and R 8 are each independently selected from R (C=X)R6 and X(C=X)R 6 wherein: n is 0-10 atoms selected from carbon, oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, phosphorus, silicon, boron, arsenic and selenium, wherein the ring defined by said atoms is saturated or unsaturated, including epoxides and thioepoxides; Af-lf are independently selected from hydrogen, R 9 , Rι 0 , Rπ, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, OR 9 , SR 9 , NR 9 Rιo, N(=O) 2 , NR 9 ORι 0 , ONR 9 Rι 0 , SOR 9 , SO 2 R 9 , SO 3 R 9 , SONR 9 Rι 0 , SO 2 NR 9 Rιo, SO 3 NR 9 Rιo, P(R 9 ) 3 , P(=O)(R 9 ) 3 , Si(R 9 ) 3 , B(R 9 ) 2 , (C=X)Rπ or X(C=X)Rπ where X is selected from sulfur, oxygen and nitrogen; R 9 and Rio are each independently selected from d-C 20 alkyl (branched and sfraight chained), C 1 -C 2 o arylalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 6 -C 14 aryl, C 1 -C 14 heteroaryl, C 1 -C 14 heterocycle, C -Cιo alkenyl (branched and straight chained), C 2 -do alkynyl (branched and straight chained), d-do heteroarylalkyl, d-do alkoxyalkyl, d-do haloalkyl, dihaloalkyl, trihaloalkyl, haloalkoxy, d-C 10 [CN, OR 9 , SR 9 , NR 9 R 10 , N(=O) 2) NR 9 OR 10 , ONR 9 R 10 , SOR 9 , SO 2 R 9 , SO 3 R 9 , SONR 9 R 10 , SO 2 NR 9 R 10 , SO 3 NR 9 R 10 , P(R 9 ) 3 , P(=O)(R 9 ) 3 , Si(R 9 ) 3 , B(R 9 ) 2 ]alkyl; R π is selected from R 9 , R 10 , CN, COR 9 , CO 2 R 9 , OR 9 , SR 9 , NR 9 R 10 , N(=O) 2 , NR 9 ORιo, ONR 9 Rιo, SOR 9 , SO 2 R 9 , SO 3 R 9 , SONR 9 Rι 0 , SO 2 NR 9 Rι 0 , SO 3 NR 9 Rι 0 , P(R 9 ) 3 , P(=O)(R 9 ) 3 , Si(R 9 ) 3 , B(R 9 ) 2 ; Bf and gf, gf and l and gl and Ml are selected from a C 2 -C 8 saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring system further substituted by Rπ, including epoxides and thioepoxides; Af (or Af) connected to Al (or Af) or jf (or Sf); Bf . connected to Al (or Af) or Ql (or pf). gf connected to gl_or Cf (or pf); l connected to l (or gf); Gf (or gf) connected to gl (or l) or £ (or £); gf (or gf ) connected to £ (or £) or M ; Ml connected to & (or Nf); Of connected Qf (or Nf) or Pf (or Ql); gf connected Pf; (or Ql) or ∑ (or if) are Cι-C 8 disubstituted (fused) saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring systems further substituted by Rπ, (C=X)Rπ and X(C=X)Rπ, including epoxides and thioepoxides; A , A and A, A and Cf, Pf and f, g and Gf, gf and F 1 , J τfl and K -1 , gf and N 1 , Ql and gf, Q and Sf . , if are =X where X is selected from sulfur, oxygen, nitrogen, NR 9 R 10 , including (OX)Rn and X(C=X)Rπ, and =CRι 2 R i3 ; Rι 2 and Rι 3 are independently selected from Rπ, (C=X)Rπ and X(C=X)Rπ wherein: n is 0-10 atoms selected from carbon, oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, phosphorus, silicon, boron, arsenic and selenium, wherein the ring defined by said atoms is saturated or unsaturated, including epoxides and thioepoxides; Af-Xf are independently selected from hydrogen, R 14 , R 15 , Rι 6 , F, Cl, Br, I, CN, OR14, SR14, NR14R15, N(=O) 2 , NR14OR15, ONR14R15, SOR14, SO 2 Ri4, SO 3 Ri4, SONR14R15, SO 2 NRi4Ri5, SO 3 NRι 4 Rι 5 , P(Rι 4 ) 3 , P(=O)(Rι 4 ) 3 , Si(Rι 4 ) 3 , B(Rι 4 ), (C=Y)Rι 6 or Y(C=Y)Ri 6 where Y is selected from sulfur, oxygen and nitrogen; Rι 4 and R 15 are each independently selected from Cι-C 20 alkyl (branched and/or sfraight chained), Cι-C 2 o arylalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, Cβ-C aryl, d-C heteroaryl, C 1 -C 14 heterocycle, C 2 -Cιo alkenyl (branched and/or sfraight chained), C 2 -Cιo alkynyl (branched and/or sfraight chained), C 1 -C 10 heteroarylalkyl, C 1 -C 10 alkoxyalkyl, C 1 -C10 haloalkyl, dihaloalkyl, trihaloalkyl, haloalkoxy, C 1 -C 10 [CN, OR 14 , SR 14 , NR 14 Rio, N(=O) 2 , NR 14 OR 15 , ONR 14 R 15 , SOR 14 , SO 2 R 14 , SO 3 R 14 , SONR 14 R 15 , SO 2 NR 14 R 15 , SO 3 NR 14 R 15 , P(R 14 ) 3 , P(=O)(R 14 ) 3 , Si(R ) 3 , B(Rι 4 ) 2 ]alkyl; Rie is selected from R 14 , Rι 5 , CN, CORι 4 , CO 2 Rι 5 , OR !4 , SRι 4 , NR 14 R 15 , N(=O) 2 , NRι 4 ORi5, ONRι 4 Ri5, SORι 4 , SO 2 Rι 4 , SO 3 R 14 , SONR 14 R 15 , SO 2 NR 14 R 15 , SO 3 NR 14 R 15 , P(Rι 4 ) 3 , P(=O)(Rι 4 ) 3 , Si(R J4 ) 3 , B(R !4 ) 2 ; g_ and y_, g_ and S_, and l_ and P_ are C 2 -C 8 saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring system further substituted by Rι 6 , including epoxides and thioepoxides; Af (or P£) connected to Qf (or pf ) or Wf (or Xf); gf connected to Cf (or p ) or F (or Gf); gf_connected to Fl (or Gf) or £; £ connected to £ (or K 2 ); gf (or Mf) connected to £ (or K 2 ) or Nf (or Ql); gf (or Ql) connected to Pf or Sf ; yf connected to g£ (or if) or Wf (or Xf) are Cι-C 8 disubstituted (fused) saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring systems further substituted by Rι 6 , (C=Y)Rι 6 and Y(C=Y)R 16 , including epoxides and thioepoxides; Af, g£; Cf, Pf ; l, Gf ; £, gf ; gf , M ; Nf , Qf ; Q 2 , gf ; ϋf, if and Xf , W£ are =Y where Y is selected from sulfur, oxygen, nitrogen, NR 14 Rι 5 and =CR 17 R 18 ; R 17 and R J8 are independently selected from Rι 6 , (C=Y)Rι 6 and Y(C=Y)R 16 wherein: n is 0-10 atoms selected from carbon, oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, phosphorus, silicon, boron, arsenic and selenium, wherein the ring defined by said atoms is saturated or unsaturated, including epoxides and thioepoxides; Af-Z 3 . are independently selected from hydrogen, Rι 9 , R 20 , R21, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, ORι 9 , SRι 9 , NRι 9 R 20 , N(=O) 2 , NRι 9 OR 20 , ONRι 9 R 20 , SORι 9 , SO 2 Rι 9 , SO 3 R 19 , SONRι 9 R 20 , SO 2 NRι 9 R 20 , SO 3 NRι 9 R 20 , P(Rι 9 ) 3 , P(=O)(Rι 9 ) 3 , Si(Rι 9 ) 3 , B(Rι 9 ) 2 , (C=0)R 21 or 0(C=0)R 21 where 0 is sulfur, oxygen and nitrogen ; R 19 and R 20 are each independently selected from C 1 -C 20 alkyl (branched and/or sfraight chained), Cι-C 20 arylalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 6 -Cι 4 aryl, Cι-Cι 4 heteroaryl, Cι-C 1 heterocycle, C 2 -Cιo alkenyl (branched and/or straight chained), C 2 -do alkynyl (branched and/or sfraight chained), d-do heteroarylalkyl, Ci-do alkoxyalkyl, d-do haloalkyl, dihaloalkyl, trihaloalkyl, haloalkoxy, d-C 10 [CN, OR 19 , SRι 9 , NRι 9 R 20 , N(=O) 2 , NRι 9 OR 20 , ONRι 9 R 20 , SOR i9 , SO 2 Rι 9 , SO 3 Rι 9 , SONRι 9 R 20 , SO 2 NRι 9 R 20 , SO 3 NRι 9 R 20 , P(R 19 ) 3 , P(=O)(R 19 ) 3 , Si(R 19 ) 3 , B(R 19 ) 2 ]alkyl; R 21 is selected from R 19 , R 20 , CN, COR 19 , CO 2 R 19 , OR i9 , SRι 9 , NRι 9 R 20 , N(=O) 2 , NRι 9 OR 20 , ONRι 9 R 20 , SORι 9 , SO 2 Rι 9 , SO 3 Rι 9 , SONRι 9 R 20 , SO 2 NRι 9 R 20 , SO 3 NRι 9 R 20 , P(Rι 9 ) 3 , P(=O)(Rι 9 ) 3 , Si(Rι 9 ) 3 , B(Rι 9 ) 2 ; _ D connected to X_ is a C 2 -C 8 saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring system further substituted by R 2 ι, including epoxides and thioepoxides; Af (or Af) connected to B_f (or Cf ) or zf (or Yf); pf connected to Bf (or Cf ) or gf (or gf); Gf (or gf) connected to gf (or gf) or £ (or £); gf (or Kf) connected to £ (or £) or Mf (or Nf); Qf (or Of) connected to Nf (or Mf ) or Pf (or Ql). Sf (or gf) connected to Ql (or Pf) or Uf (or if). Wf (or Vf) connected to Uf (or if) or Xf ; Xf connected to Yf (or Zf ) are Cι-C 8 disubstituted (fused) saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring systems further substituted by R 2 ι, (C= 0)R 2 ι and 0 (C= 0)R 2 ι, including epoxides and thioepoxides; Af, A 3 . ; Bf, C ; gf , gf ; Gf, gf ; £, £; Kf , gf ; Mf, N ; Of , Of ; Qf, Pf, Sf, gf , U , I_, W_, V_, and Z_, Y_ are =0 where 0 is selected from sulfur, oxygen, nitrogen, NR 19 R 20 , and =CR 2 R 23 ; and R 22 and R 23 are selected from R 2 ι, (C= 0)R 2 i and 0(C= 0) 2 i; and which chemical agent or derivative or chemical analogue thereof is capable of modulating PKC activity, PKC-dependent gene expression or PKC enzyme turnover and wherein said chemical agent or its derivatives or chemical analogues is administered for a time and under conditions sufficient to ameliorate one or more symptoms associated with said biological entity and wherein said chemical agent exhibits a potency of agent (P A ) of >10, wherein the P A = ∑Iv where Iy is a numerical value associated with a particular feature as listed below:- or pharmaceutically acceptable salts of these, said chemical agent being administered for a time and under conditions sufficient to ameliorate at least one symptom caused by the inflammation and/or under conditions sufficient to potentiate the immune system or components therein. 76. A method according to Claim 75 wherein the chemical agent is represented by the general formula (VI):- wherein: R 24 , R 25 and R 26 are independently selected from hydrogen, R 27 , R 28 , F, Cl, Br, I, CN, OR 27 , SR 27 , NR 27 R 28 , N(=O) 2 , NR 27 OR 28 , ONR 27 R 28 , SOR 27 , SO 2 R 27 , SO 3 R 27 , SONR 27 R 28 , SO 2 NR 27 R 28 , SO 3 NR 27 R 28 , P(R 27 ) 3 , P(=O)(R 27 ) 3 , Si(R 27 ) 3 , B(R 27 ) 2 , (C=X)R 29 or X(C=X)R 29 where X is selected from sulfur, oxygen and nitrogen; R 27 and R 28 are each independently selected from C 1 -C 20 alkyl (branched and/or straight chained), C 1 -C 2 o arylalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 6 -C 14 aryl, d-C 14 heteroaryl, C1-C 14 heterocycle, C 2 -Cι 0 alkenyl (branched and/or straight chained), C 2 -Cιo alkynyl (branched and/or straight chained), Cι-C 10 heteroarylalkyl, d-do alkoxyalkyl, d-do haloalkyl, dihaloalkyl, trihaloalkyl, haloalkoxy, d-C 10 [CN, OR 27 , SR 27 , NR 27 R 28 , N(=0) 2 , NR 27 OR 28 , ONR 27 R 28 , SOR 27 , SO 2 R 27 , SO 3 R 27 , SONR 27 R 28 , SO 2 NR 27 R 28 , SO 3 NR 27 R 28 , P(R 27 ) 3 , P(=O)(R 27 ) 3 , Si(R 27 ) 3 , B(R 27 ) 2 ]alkyl; R 29 is selected from R 27 , R 28 , CN, COR 27 , CO 2 R 27 , OR 27 , SR 27 , NR 27 R 28 , N(=O) 2 , NR 27 OR 28 , ONR 27 R 28 , SOR 27 , SO 2 R 27 , SO 3 R 27 , SONR 27 R 8 , SO 2 NR 27 R 28 , SO 3 NR 27 R 28 , P(R 27 ) 3 , P(=O)(R 27 ) 3 , Si(R 27 ) 3 , B(R 27 ) 2 . 77. A method according to Claim 76 wherein R 24 is H. 78. A method according to Claim 76 wherein R 24 is OAcetyl. 79. A method according to Claim 76 wherein R 24 is OH. 80. A method according to Claim 76 wherein R 25 and R 26 are OH. 81. A method according to Claim 75 wherein the plant is of the genus selected from Acalypha, Acidoton, Actinostemon, Adelia, Adenocline, Adenocrepis, Adenophaedra, Adisca, Agrostistachys, Alchornea, Alchomeopsis, Alcinaeanthus, Alcoceria, Aleurites, Amanoa, Andrachne, Angostyles, Anisophyllum, Antidesma, Aphora, Aporosa, Aporosella, Argythamnia, Astrococcus, Astrogyne, Baccanrea, Baliospermum, Bernardia, Beyeriopsis, Bischofia, Blachia, Blumeodondron, Bonania, Bradleia, Breynia, Breyniopsis, Briedelia, Buraeavia, Caperonia, Caryodendron, Celianella, Cephalocroton, Chaenotheca, Chaetocarpus, Chamaesyce, Cheilosa, Chiropetalum, Choriophyllum, Cicca, Chaoxylon, Cleidon, Cleistanthus, Cluytia, Cnesmone, Cnidoscolus, Coccoceras, Codiaeum, Coelodiscus, Conami, Conceveiba, Conceveibastrum, Conceveϊbum, Corythea, Croizatia, Croton, Crotonopsis, Crozophora, Cubanthus, Cunuria, Dactylostemon, Dalechampia, Dendrocousinsia, Diaspersus, Didymocistus, Dimorphocalyx, Discocarpus, Ditaxis, Dodecastingma, Drypetes, Dysopsis, Elateriospermum, Endadenium, Endospermum, Erismanthus, Erythrocarpus, Erythrochilus, Eumecanthus, Euphorbia, Euphorbiodendron, Excoecaria, Flueggea, Calearia, Garcia, Gavarretia, Gelonium, Giara, Givotia, Glochidion, Clochidionopsis, Glycydendron, Gymnanthes, Gymnosparia, Haematospermum, Hendecandra, Hevea, Hieronima, Hieronyma, Hippocrepandra, Homalanthus, Hymenocardia, Janipha, Jatropha, Julocroton, Lasiocroton, Leiocarpus, Leonardia, Lepidanthus, Leucocroton, Mabea, Macaranga, Mallotus, Manihot, Mappa, Maprounea, Melanthesa, Mercurialis, Mettenia, Micrandra, Microdesmis, Microelus, Microstachy, Maocroton, Monadenium, Mozinna, Neoscortechinia, Omalanthus, Omphalea, Ophellantha, Orbicularia, Ostodes, Oxydectes, Palenga, Pantadenia, Paradrypeptes, Pausandra, Pedilanthus, Pera, Peridium, Petalostigma, Phyllanthus, Picrodendro, Pierardia, Pilinophytum, Pimeleodendron, Piranhea, Platygyna, Plukenetia, Podocalyx, Poinsettia, Poraresia, Prosartema, Pseudanthus, Pycnocoma, Quadrasia, Reverchonia, Richeria, Richeriella, Ricinella, Ricinocarpus, Rottlera, Sagotia, Sanwithia, Sapium, Savia, Sclerocroton, Sebastiana, Securinega, Senefeldera, Senefilderopsis, Serophyton, Siphonia, Spathiostemon, Spixia, Stillingia, Strophioblachia, Synadenium, Tetracoccus, Tetraplandra, Tetrorchidium, Thyrsanthera, Tithymalus, Trageia, Trewia, Trigonostemon, Tyria and Xylophylla. 82. A method according to Claim 81 wherein the plant is of the genus Euphorbia. 83. A method according to Claim 82 wherein the species of Euphorbia is selected from Euphorbia aaron-rossii, Euphorbia abbreviata, Euphorbia acuta, Euphorbia alatocaulis, Euphorbia albicaulis, Euphorbia algomarginata, Euphorbia aliceae, Euphorbia alta, Euphorbia anacampseros, Euphorbia andromedae, Euphorbia angusta, Euphorbia anthonyi, Euphorbia antiguensis, Euphorbia apocynifolia, Euphorbia arabica, Euphorbia ariensis, Euphorbia arizonica, Euphorbia arkansana, Euphorbia arteagae, Euphorbia arundelana, Euphorbia astroites, Euphorbia atrococca, Euphorbia baselicis, Euphorbia batabanensis, Euphorbia bergeri, Euphorbia bermudiana, Euphorbia bicolor, Euphorbia biformis, Euphorbia bifurcata, Euphorbia bilobata, Euphorbia biramensis, Euphorbia biuncialis, Euphorbia blepharostipula, Euphorbia blodgetti, Euphorbia boerhaavioides, Euphorbia boliviana, Euphorbia bracei, Euphorbia brachiata, Euphorbia brachycera, Euphorbia brandegee, Euphorbia brittonii, Euphorbia caesia, Euphorbia calcicola, Euphorbia campestris, Euphorbia candelabrum, Euphorbia capitellata, Euphorbia carmenensis, Euphorbia carunculata, Euphorbia cayensis, Euphorbia celastroides, Euphorbia chalicophila, Euphorbia chamaerrhodos, Euphorbia chamaesula, Euphorbia chiapensis, Euphorbia chiogenoides, Euphorbia cinerascens, Euphorbia clarionensis, Euphorbia colimae, Euphorbia colorata, Euphorbia commutata, Euphorbia consoquitlae, Euphorbia convolvuloides, Euphorbia corallifera, Euphorbia creberrima, Euphorbia crenulata, Euphorbia cubensis, Euphorbia cuspidata, Euphorbia cymbiformis, Euphorbia darlingtonii, Euphorbia defoliata, Euphorbia degeneri, Euphorbia deltoidea, Euphorbia dentata, Euphorbia depressa Euphorbia dictyosperma, Euphorbia dictyosperma, Euphorbia dioeca, Euphorbia discoidalis, Euphorbia dorsiventralis, Euphorbia drumondii, Euphorbia duclouxii, Euphorbia dussii, Euphorbia eanophylla, Euphorbia eggersii, Euphorbia eglandulosa, Euphorbia elata, Euphorbia enalla, Euphorbia eriogonoides, Euphorbia eriophylla, Euphorbia esculaeformis, Euphorbia espirituensis, Euphorbia esula, Euphorbia excisa, Euphorbia exclusa, Euphorbia exstipitata, Euphorbia exstipulata, Euphorbia fendleri, Euphorbia filicaulis, Euphorbia filiformis, Euphorbia florida, Euphorbia fruticulosa, Euphorbia garber, Euphorbia gaumerii, Euphorbia gerardiana, Euphorbia geyeri, Euphorbia glyptosperma, Euphorbia gorgonis, Euphorbia gracilior, Euphorbia gracillima, Euphorbia gradyi, Euphorbia graminea, Euphorbia graminiea Euphorbia grisea, Euphorbia guadalajarana, Euphorbia guanarensis, Euphorbia gymnadenia, Euphorbia haematantha, Euphorbia hedyotoides, Euphorbia heldrichii, Euphorbia helenae, Euphorbia helleri, Euphorbia helwigii, Euphorbia henricksonii, Euphorbia heterophylla, Euphorbia hexagona, Euphorbia hexagonoides, Euphorbia hinkleyorum, Euphorbia hintonii, Euphorbia hirtula, Euphorbia hirta, Euphorbia hooveri, Euphorbia humistrata, Euphorbia hypericifolia, Euphorbia inundata, Euphorbia involuta, Euphorbia jaliscensis, Euphorbia jejuna, Euphorbia Johnston, Euphorbia juttae, Euphorbia knuthii, Euphorbia lasiocarpa, Euphorbia lata, Euphorbia latazi, Euphorbia latericolor, Euphorbia laxiflora Euphorbia lecheoides, Euphorbia ledienii, Euphorbia leucophylla, Euphorbia lineata, Euphorbia linguiformis, Euphorbia longecornuta, Euphorbia longepetiolata, Euphorbia longeromosa, Euphorbia longinsulicola, Euphorbia longipila, Euphorbia lupulina, Euphorbia lurida, Euphorbia lycioides, Euphorbia macropodoides, macvaughiana, Euphorbia manca, Euphorbia mandoniana, Euphorbia mangleti, Euphorbia mango, Euphorbia marylandica, Euphorbia mayana, Euphorbia melanadenia, Euphorbia melanocarpa, Euphorbia meridensis, Euphorbia mertonii, Euphorbia mexiae, Euphorbia microcephala, Euphorbia microclada, Euphorbia micromera, Euphorbia misella, Euphorbia missurica, Euphorbia montana, Euphorbia montereyana, Euphorbia multicaulis, Euphorbia multiformis, Euphorbia multinodis, Euphorbia multiseta, Euphorbia muscicola, Euphorbia neomexicana, Euphorbia nephradenia, Euphorbia niqueroana, Euphorbia oaxacana, Euphorbia occidentalis, Euphorbia odontodenia, Euphorbia olivacea, Euphorbia olowaluana, Euphorbia opthalmica, Euphorbia ovata, Euphorbia pachypoda, Euphorbia pachyrhiza, Euphorbia padifolia, Euphorbia palmeri, Euphorbia paludicola, Euphorbia parciflora, Euphorbia parishii, Euphorbia parryi, Euphorbia paxiana, Euphorbia pediculifera, Euphorbia peplidion, Euphorbia peploides, Euphorbia peplus, Euphorbia pergamena, Euphorbia perlignea, Euphorbia petaloidea, Euphorbia petaloidea, Euphorbia petrina, Euphorbia picachensis, Euphorbia pilosula, Euphorbia pilulifera, Euphorbia pinariona, Euphorbia pinetorum, Euphorbia pionosperma, Euphorbia platysperma, Euphorbia plicata, Euphorbia poeppigii, Euphorbia poliosperma, Euphorbia polycarpa, Euphorbia polycnemoides, Euphorbia polyphylla, Euphorbia portoricensis, Euphorbia portulacoides Euphorbia portulana, Euphorbia preslii, Euphorbia prostrata, Euphorbia pteroneura, Euphorbia pycnanthema, Euphorbia romosa, Euphorbia rapulum, Euphorbia remyi, Euphorbia retroscabra, Euphorbia revoluta, Euphorbia rivularis, Euphorbia robusta, Euphorbia romosa, Euphorbia rubida, Euphorbia rubrosperma, Euphorbia rupicola, Euphorbia sanmartensis, Euphorbia saxatilis M. Bieb, Euphorbia schizoloba, Euphorbia sclerocyathium, Euphorbia scopulorum, Euphorbia senilis, Euphorbia serpyllifolia, Euphorbia serrula, Euphorbia setiloba Engelm, Euphorbia sonorae, Euphorbia soobyi, Euphorbia sparsiflora, Euphorbia sphaerosperma, Euphorbia syphilitica, Euphorbia spruceana, Euphorbia subcoerulea, Euphorbia stellata, Euphorbia submammilaris, Euphorbia subpeltata, Euphorbia subpubens, Euphorbia subreniforme, Euphorbia subtrifoliata, Euphorbia succedanea, Euphorbia tamaulipasana, Euphorbia telephioides, Euphorbia tenuissima, Euphorbia tetrapora, Euphorbia tirucalli, Euphorbia tomentella, Euphorbia tomentosa, Euphorbia torralbasii, Euphorbia tovariensis, Euphorbia trachysperma, Euphorbia tricolor, Euphorbia troyana, Euphorbia tuerckheimii, Euphorbia turczaninowii, Euphorbia umbellulata, Euphorbia undulata, Euphorbia vermiformis, Euphorbia versicolor, Euphorbia villifera, Euphorbia violacea, Euphorbia whitei, Euphorbia xanti Engelm, Euphorbia xylopoda Greenm., Euphorbia yayalesia Urb., Euphorbia yungasensis, Euphorbia zeravschanica and Euphorbia zinniiflora. 84. A method according to Claim 83 wherein the species of Euphorbia is Euphorbia peplus. 85. A method according to Claim 75 wherein the biological entity is a prokaryotic microorganism. 86. A method according to Claim 85 wherein the prokaryotic microorganism is a species of Treponema sp., Borrelia sp., Neisseria sp., Legionella sp., Bordetella sp., Escherichia sp., Salmonella sp., Shigella sp., Klebsiella sp., Yersinia sp., Vibrio sp., Hemophilus sp., Rickettsia sp., Chlamydia sp., Mycoplasma sp., Staphylococcus sp., Streptococcus sp., Bacillus sp., Clostridium sp., Corynebacterium sp., Proprionibacterium sp., Mycobacterium sp., Ureaplasma sp. and Listeria sp. 87. A method according to Claim 86 wherein the prokaryotic microorganism is selected from Treponema pallidum, Borrelia burgdorferi, Neisseria gonorrhea, Neisseria meningitidis, Legionella pneumophila, Bordetella pertussis, Escherichia coli, Salmonella typhi, Salmonella typhimurium, Shigella dysenteriae, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Yersinia pestis, Vibrio cholerae, Hemophilus influenzae, Rickettsia rickettsii, Chlamydia trachomatis, Mycoplasma pneumoniae, Staphylococcus aureus, Streptococcus pneumoniae, Streptococcus pyogenes, Bacillus anthracis, Clostridium botulinum, Clostridium tetani, Clostridium perfringens, Corynebacterium diphtheriae, Proprionibacterium acnes, Mycobacterium tuberculosis, Mycobacterium leprae, Ureaplasma parvum and Listeria monocytogenes. 88. A method according to Claim 87 wherein the prokaryotic organism is a Salmonella typhi, Salmonella typhimurium, Streptococcus pneumoniae, Streptococcus pyogenes and Staphylococcus aureus. 89. A method according to 75 wherein the biological entity is a lower eukaryotic microorganism. 90. A method according to Claim 89 wherein the lower eukaryotic organism is a yeast or fungus selected from Pneumocystis carinii, Candida albicans, Aspergillus, Histoplasma capsulatum, Blastomyces dermatitidis, Cryptococcus neoformans, Trichophyton and Microsporum. 91. A method according to Claim 75 wherein the biological entity is a complex eukaryotic organism. 92. A method according to Claim 91 wherein the complex eukaryotic organism is selected from worms, insects, arachnids, nematodes, aemobe, Entamoeba histolytica, Giardia lamblia, Trichomonas vaginalis, Trypanosoma brucei gambiense, Trypanosoma cruzi, Balantidium coli, Toxoplasma gondii, Cryptosporidium or Leishmania. 93. A method according to Claim 75 wherein the biological entity is a virus. 94. A method according to Claim 93 wherein the biological entity is selected from adenoviruses, papovaviruses, heφesviruses: simplex, varicella-zoster, Epstein-Barr, CMV, pox viruses: smallpox, vaccinia, hepatitis B, rhinoviruses, hepatitis A, poliovirus, rubellavirus, hepatitis C, arboviruses, rabiesvirus, influenzaviruses A and B, measlesvirus, mumpsvirus, HIV, HTLV I and II. 95. A method according to Claim 94 wherein the virus is HIV, HTLV 1 or HTLV II. 96. A method according to Claim 95 wherein the virus is HIV. 97. A method according to Claim 94 wherein the virus is Epstein-Ban virus. 98. A method according to Claim 75 wherein the chemical agent is a jatrophane or a derivative thereof or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of these. 99. A method according to Claim 98 wherein said derivative is an ester derivative. 100. A method according to Claim 98 wherein said derivative is an acetylated derivative. 101. A method according to Claim 75 wherein said chemical agent is a pepluane or a derivative thereof or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of these. 102. A method according to Claim 101 wherein said derivative is an ester derivative. 103. A method according to Claim 101 wherein said derivative is an acetylated derivative. 104. A method according to Claim 75 wherein said chemical agent is a paraliane or a derivative thereof or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of these. 105. A method according to Claim 104 wherein said derivative is an ester derivative. 106. A method according to Claim 104 wherein said derivative is an acetylated derivative. 107. A method according to Claim 75 wherein said compound is an angeloyl- substituted ingenane or a derivative thereof or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of these. 108. A method according to Claim 107 wherein said derivative is an acetylated derivative. 109. A method according to Claim 107 wherein said jafrophane is of conformation 2. 110. A method according to Claim 98 or 101 or 104 or 107 wherein the derivative comprises a substitution as represented in any one of general formulae (I) - (VI). 111. A method according to Claim 75 wherein said compound is 5,8,9,10,14- pentaacetoxy-3-benzoyloxy-15-hydroxypepluane (pepluane) or a derivative thereof or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of these. 112. A method according to Claim 111 wherein said derivative is an ester derivative. 113. A method according to Claim 75 wherein said compound is 2,3,5,7,15- pentaacetoxy-9-nicotinoyloxy-14-oxojatropha-6(17),llE-diene (jatrophane 1) or a derivative thereof or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of these. 114. A method according to Claim 113 wherein said derivative is an ester derivative. 115. A method according to Claim 75 wherein said compound is 2,5,7,8,9,14- hexaacetoxy-3-benzoyloxy-15-hydroxy-jafropha-6(17),llE-diene (jafrophane 2) or a derivative thereof or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of these. 116. A method according to Claim 115 wherein said derivative is an ester derivative. 117. A method according to Claim 75 wherein said compound is 2,5,14- triacetoxy-3-benzoyloxy-8,15-dihydroxy-7-isobutyroyloxy-9-nicotinoyloxyjafropha-6(17), llE-diene (jatrophane 3) or a derivative thereof or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of these. 118. A method according to Claim 117 wherein said derivative is an ester derivative. 119. A method according to Claim 75 wherein said compound is 2,5,9,14- tetraacetoxy-3-benzoyloxy-8,15-dihydroxy-7-isobutyroylox jatropha-6(17),llE-diene) (jafrophane 4) or a derivative thereof or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of these. 120. A method according to Claim 119 wherein said derivative is an ester derivative. 121. A method according to Claim 75 wherein said compound is 2,5,7,14- tetraacetoxy-3-benzoyloxy-8,15-dihydroxy-9-nicotinoyloxyjafropha-6(17),l lE-diene (jatrophane 5) or a derivative thereof or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of these. 122. A method according to Claim 121 wherein said derivative is an ester derivative. 123. A method according to Claim 75 wherein said compound is 2,5,7,9,14- pentaacetoxy-3-benzoyloxy-8,15-dihydroxyjatropha-6(17),llE-diene (jatrophane 6) or a derivative thereof or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of these. 124. A method according to Claim 123 wherein said derivative is an ester derivative. 125. A method according to Claim 75 wherein said compound is 20-O-acetyl- ingenol-3-angelate or a derivative thereof or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of these. 126. A method according to Claim 125 wherein said derivative is an ester derivative. 127. A method according to Claim 98 or 101 or 104 or 107 or 111 or 113 or 115 or 117 or 119 or 121 or 123 or 125 wherein said compound is provided in the form of a composition comprising a pharmaceutically- or cosmetically-acceptable carrier. 128. A method according to Claim 127 wherein said carrier is selected from β- alanine betaine hydrochloride and t-4-hydroxy-N,N-dimethylproline. 129. A composition for treatment and/or prophylaxis of a condition associated with the presence of a biological entity or part thereof or toxin or venom therefrom or a genetic agent comprising one or more chemical agents as claimed herein together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and/or diluent. 130. A computer program product for assessing the likely usefulness of a candidate compound or group of compounds for treating or preventing infection or colonization or presence of a biological entity in a subject, said product comprising:- (1) code that receives as input index values for at least two features associated with said compound(s), wherein said features are selected from: (a) the ability to modulate PKC activity or effect; (b) the ability to induce bipolar dendritic activity; (c) the ability to be derived from a member of the Euphorbiaceae family; (d) the ability to be derived from E. peplus; (e) the ability to be water extractable from the sap of a Euphorbia species; (f) the ability to activate latent virus; or (g) less tumor promoting capacity than TPA or PMA. (2) code that adds said index values to provide a sum corresponding to a potency value for said compound(s); and (3) a computer readable medium that stores the codes. 131. A computer for assessing the likely usefulness of a candidate compound or group of compounds for freating or preventing infection or colonization or presence of a biological entity in a subject, wherein said computer comprises :- (1) a machine-readable data storage medium comprising a data storage material encoded with machine-readable data, wherein said machine-readable data comprise index values for at least two features associated with said compound(s), wherein said features are selected from: (a) the ability to modulate PKC activity or effect; (b) the ability to induce bipolar dendritic activity; (c) the ability to be derived from a member of the Euphorbiaceae family; (d) the ability to be derived from E. peplus; (e) the ability to be water extractable from the sap of a Euphorbia species; (f) the ability to activate latent virus; or (g) less tumor promoting capacity than TPA or PMA; (2) a working memory for storing instructions for processing said machine-readable data; (3) a central-processing unit coupled to said working memory and to said machine-readable data storage medium, for processing said machine readable data to provide a sum of said index values corresponding to a potency value for said compound(s); and (4) an output hardware coupled to said central processing unit, for receiving said potency value. 132. A process for separating macrocyclic diteφenes from a biomass containing same, said process comprising contacting the biomass with an aqueous solvent for a time and under conditions sufficient to exfract the macrocyclic diteφenes into said solvent. 133. A process according to Claim 132 wherein the aqueous solvent is water. 134. A process according to Claim 132 wherein said biomass is derived from a Euphorbiaceae plant. 135. A process according to Claim 134 wherein said Euphorbiaceae plant is a species of the genus Euphorbia. 136. A process according to Claim 133 further comprising adsorbing the macrocyclic diteφenes to a non-ionic adsorbent. 137. A process according to Claim 136 wherein the non-ionic adsorbent is a non- ionic porous synthetic adsorbent. 138. A process according to Claim 137 wherein the non-ionic porous synthetic adsorbents is selected from aromatic copolymers mainly composed of styrene and divinylbenzene, and methacrylic copolymers mainly composed of monomethacrylate and dimethacrylate. 139. A process according to Claim 137 wherein the non-ionic porous synthetic adsorbents is selected from Amberlite XAD-2, XAD-4, XAD-7, XAD-8 and XAD-16. 140. A process according to Claim 136 further comprising eluting macrocyclic diteφenes from the non-ionic adsorbent with water and water-soluble organic solvent(s). 141. A process according to Claim 140 wherein the water-soluble organic solvent(s) are selected from alcohols, ethers, ketones, amides and sulfur-containing compounds. 142. A process according to Claim 140 wherein the water-soluble organic solvent is methanol. 143. A process according to Claim 136 urther comprising separating compounds on the basis of molecular size and/or polarity. 144. A process according to Claim 143 wherein said compounds are separated using Sephadex HL-20 resin. AMENDED CLAIMS [received by the International Bureau on 05 September 2001 (05.09.01)] Claims 1-144 have been replaced by amended Claims 1-112 CLAIMS 1. (amended) A method for the freatment or prophylaxis of a condition associated with the presence of a biological entity or part thereof or a toxin or venom therefrom or a genetic event caused thereby in a subject, said method comprising the administration to said subject of a symptom-ameliorating effective amount of a chemical agent obtainable from a plant of the Euphorbiaceae family or a derivative or chemical analogue thereof which chemical agent is a macrocyclic diteφene selected from compounds of the ingenane, pepluane and jatrophane families and which chemical agent or derivative or chemical analogue is represented by any one of the general formulae (I) - (V):- wherein: n is 0-10 atoms selected from carbon, oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, phosphorus, silicon, boron, arsenic and selenium, wherein the ring defined by said atoms is saturated or unsaturated, including epoxides and thioepoxides; A-I are independently selected from hydrogen, R l5 R 2 , R 3 , F, Cl, Br, I, CN, ORi, SRi, NRιR 2 , N(=O) 2 , NRιOR 2 , ONRιR 2 , SORi, SO 2 Rι, SO3R1, SONRιR 2 , SO 2 NRιR 2 , SO 3 NRιR 2 , P(R 3 , P(=O)(Rι) 3 , Si(Rι) 3 , B(Rι) 2 , (C=X)R 3 or X(C=X)R 3 where X is selected from sulfur, oxygen and nitrogen; Ri and R 2 are each independently selected from Cι-C 2 o alkyl (branched and/or straight chained), Cι-C 2 o arylalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 6 -CH aryl, C1-C14 heteroaryl, C 1 -C 14 heterocycle, C 2 -Cιo alkenyl (branched and/or sfraight chained), C 2 -Cιo alkynyl (branched and/or straight chained), Ci-do heteroarylalkyl, C 1 -C 10 alkoxyalkyl, C1-C 10 haloalkyl, dihaloalkyl, trihaloalkyl, haloalkoxy, Ci-do [CN, ORi, SRi, NRiR 2 , N(=O) 2 , NRιOR 2 , ONRιR 2 , SORi, SO 2 Rι, SO 3 R1, SONRιR 2 , SO 2 NRιR 2 , SO 3 NRιR 2 , P(Rι) 3 , P(=O)(Rι) 3 , Si(Rι) 3 , B(Rι) 2 ]alkyl; R 3 is selected from Ri, R 2 , CN, COR CO 2 Rι, ORi, SRi, NR1R2, N(=O) 2 , NRιOR 2 , ONRιR 2 , SORi, SO 2 Rι, SO 3 R1, SONRιR 2 , SO 2 NRιR 2 , SO 3 NRιR 2 , P(Rι) 3 , P(-O)(Rι) 3 , Si(Rι) 3 , B(Rι) 2 ; A connected to B (or C), D (or E), R (or Q), P (or Q) or S (or T) is a selection of Cι-C 8 disubstituted (fused) saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic rings further substituted by R 3 , (C=X)R 3 and X(C=X)R 3 , including epoxides and thioepoxides; J connected to I (or H), G (or F), K (or L), M (or N) or S (or T) is a selection of d-C 8 disubstituted (fused) saturated and unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic rings further substituted by R 3 , (C=X)R 3 and X(C=X)R 3 , including epoxides and thioepoxides; D (or E) connected to B (or C) or G (or F); I (or H) connected to G (or F); P (or Q) connected to R (or Q) or M (or N); K (or L) connected to N (or M) is a selection of Cι-C 8 disubstituted (fused) saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic rings substituted by R 3 , (C=X)R 3 and X(C=X)R 3 , including epoxides and thioepoxides; B and C, D and E, R and Q, P and Q, I and H, G and F, K and L, M and N or S and I are =X where X is selected from sulfur, oxygen, nitrogen, NRιR 2 , and =CR!R 2 wherein: n is 0-10 atoms selected from carbon, oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, phosphorus, silicon, boron, arsenic and selenium, wherein the ring defined by said atoms is saturated or unsaturated, including epoxides and thioepoxides; A'-T' are independently selected from hydrogen, R, R 5 , R 6 , F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CORj, CO 2 R4, OR4, SR4, NR4R 5 , CON^Rs, N(=O) 2 , NR4OR 5 , ON iRs, SOR4, SO 2 R4, SO 3 R4, SONR4R 5 , SO 2 NR4R 5 , SOsNRiRs, P(P ) 3 , P(=O)(R4) 3 , Si(R4) 3 , B^^, (C=X)R 6 or X(C=X)R 6 where X is selected from sulfur, oxygen and nitrogen; t and R 5 are each independently selected from Cι-C 20 alkyl (branched and/or sfraight chained), Cι-C 20 arylalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 6 -Cι 4 aryl, Cι-Cι heteroaryl, Cι-Cι 4 heterocycle, C 2 -Cι 0 alkenyl (branched and/or sfraight chained), C 2 -Cι 0 alkynyl (branched and/or straight chained), C1-C 10 heteroarylalkyl, C 1 -C 10 alkoxyalkyl, C 1 -C 10 haloalkyl, dihaloalkyl, trihaloalkyl, haloalkoxy, C1-C1 0 [CN, OR 4 , SR4, NR4R5, N(=O) 2 , NR4θR 5 , ONR4R5, SOR4, SO 2 R4, SO 3 R4, SONR4R 5 , SO 2 NR4R 5 , SO 3 NR4R 5 , P(R4)3, P(-O)(R4) 3 , Si(R4) 3 , B(R4) 2 ]alkyl; Re is selected from R4, R 5 , CN, COR4, CO 2 R4, OR4, SR4, N jRs, N(=O) 2 , NRiORs, P(=O)(R 4 ) 3 , Si(R 4 ) 3 , B(R 4 ) 2 ; F and R or IF and Ql is a C 2 -C 8 saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring system further substituted by R 6 , including epoxides and thioepoxides; Ql connected to Ml (or Nl) or Ql (or F); Rl connected to Ql (or F) or S_l (or H); SI (or T) coimected to Al (or B_l); Al (or B_l) comiected to Ql (or Dl); F connected to Ql (or Dl) or F (or Gl); F£ connected to F; F connected to F; F connected to Kl; Kl connected to F; F connected to Ml (or Nl) are Cι-C 8 disubstituted (fused) saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring systems further substituted by Re, (C=X)R 6 and X(C=X)R 6 , including epoxides and thioepoxides; Al, BI and Ql, Dl and F , Ql and Ml, Nl and F, Ql and S_l, are =X where X is selected from sulfur, oxygen, nitrogen, NP R S , (C=X)R 6 , X^^X)^, and =CR 7 R 8 ; R 7 and Rs are each independently selected from R , (C=X)R 6 and X(C=X)R 6 wherein: n is 0-10 atoms selected from carbon, oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, phosphorus, silicon, boron, arsenic and selenium, wherein the ring defined by said atoms is saturated or unsaturated, including epoxides and thioepoxides; Af-lf are independently selected from hydrogen, R 9 , Rio, Rπ, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, OR 9 , SR 9 , NR 9 Rιo, N(=O) 2 , NR 9 ORι 0 , ONR 9 Rι 0 , SOR 9 , SO 2 R 9 , SO 3 R 9 , SONR 9 Rι 0 , SO 2 NR 9 Rιo, SO 3 NR 9 Rιo, P(R 9 ) 3 , P(=O)(R 9 ) 3 , Si(R 9 ) 3 , B(R 9 ) 2 , (C=X)Rn or X(C=X)R π where X is selected from sulfur, oxygen and nitrogen; R 9 and Rio are each independently selected from Cι-C 2 o alkyl (branched and straight chained), Cι-C 2 o arylalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 6 -Ci4 aryl, C 1 -C 14 heteroaryl, C1-C1 4 heterocycle, C 2 -Cιo alkenyl (branched and sfraight chained), C 2 -Cι 0 alkynyl (branched and straight chained), Ci-do heteroarylalkyl, C1-C10 alkoxyalkyl, C 1 -C1 0 haloalkyl, dihaloalkyl, trihaloalkyl, haloalkoxy, d-C 10 [CN, OR 9 , SR 9 , NR 9 Rι 0 , N(=O) 2 , NR 9 ORι 0 , ONR 9 Rιo, SOR 9 , SO 2 R 9 , SO 3 R 9 , SONR 9 Rι 0 , SO 2 NR 9 Rι 0 , SO 3 NR 9 Rιo, P(R 9 ) 3 , P(=O)(R 9 ) 3 , Si(R 9 ) 3 , B(R 9 ) 2 ]alkyl; Rn is selected from R 9 , Rι 0 , CN, COR 9 , CO 2 R 9 , OR 9 , SR 9 , NR 9 Rιo, N(=O) 2 , NR 9 ORιo, ONR 9 Rι 0 , SOR 9 , SO 2 R 9 , SO 3 R 9 , SONR 9 Rι 0 , SO 2 NR 9 Rι 0 , SO 3 NR 9 Rι 0 , P(R 9 ) 3 , P(-O)(R 9 ) 3 , Si(R 9 ) 3 , B(R 9 ) 2 ; Bf . and Rf , Ef and Of and £f and Mf are selected from a C 2 -C 8 saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring system further substituted by Rn, including epoxides and thioepoxides; Af (or Af) connected to Af (or Af) or f (or Sf); Bf . connected to Af (or Af) or Cf (or pf . ). gf connected to E 1 or Cf (or pf . ); fii connected to E (or Ff); Gf (or gf) connected to if (or Ff ) or if (or jf); Kf (or if) connected to if (or jf) or Mf ; Mf connected to Of (or Nf); Of connected pf . (or Nf) or Pf (or p ); Rf connected pf . (or pf ) or S_l (or if) are Cι-C 8 disubstituted (fused) saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring systems further substituted by Rn, (C=X)Rn and X(G=X)Rn, including epoxides and thioepoxides; Af, A and A, A and pf, Df and Ff, E and Gf , gf and £, jf and Kf , if and N , pf and Pf . , Ql and Sf . , if are =X where X is selected from sulfur, oxygen, nifrogen, NR 9 Rιo, including (C=X)Rn and X(C=X)Rn, and =CRι 2 Rι 3 ; R12 and Rι 3 are independently selected from Rn, (C=X)Rπ and X(C=X)Rn wherein: n is 0-10 atoms selected from carbon, oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, phosphorus, silicon, boron, arsenic and selenium, wherein the ring defined by said atoms is saturated or unsaturated, including epoxides and thioepoxides; Af-Xf are independently selected from hydrogen, Rι 4 , Rι 5 , Rι 6 , F, Cl, Br, I, CN, OR14, SRι 4 , NRι 4 Rι 5 , N(=O) 2 , NRι 4 ORι 5 , ONRι 4 Rι 5 , SOR M , SO 2 Rι 4 , SO 3 Rι 4 , SONRι 4 Ri5, SO 2 NRι 4 Ri5, SO 3 NRι 4 Rι 5 , P(Rι ) 3 , P(=O)(Rι 4 ) 3 , Si(R 14 ) 3 , B(R ]4 ), (C=Y)R 16 or Y(C=Y)R 16 where Y is selected from sulfur, oxygen and nitrogen; R 14 and Rι 5 are each independently selected from Ci-do alkyl (branched and/or straight chained), Cι-C 20 arylalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 6 -Cι 4 aryl, Ci-Cu heteroaryl, C1-C 14 heterocycle, C 2 -Cιo alkenyl (branched and/or sfraight chained), C 2 -Cι 0 alkynyl (branched and/or straight chained), Ci-Cio heteroarylalkyl, Ci-Cio alkoxyalkyl, Ci-Cio haloalkyl, dihaloalkyl, trihaloalkyl, haloalkoxy, Ci-Cio [CN, ORι , SRu, NRι 4 Rι 0 , N(=O) 2 , NRι 4 ORi 5 , ONRι 4 Ri 5 , SORj 4 , SO 2 Rι 4 , SO 3 Rι 4 , SONRι 4 Rι 5 , SO 2 NRι 4 Rι 5 , SO 3 NR 14 Rι 5 , P(Rι 4 ) 3 , P(=O)(Rι 4 ) 3 , Si(R ) 3 , B(Rι 4 ) 2 ]alkyl; Rι 6 is selected from Rι 4 , Rι 5 , CN, CORι 4 , CO 2 Rι 5 , ORι 4 , SRι 4 , NRι 4 Rι 5 , N(=O) 2 , NRι 4 ORi 5 , ONRι 4 Ri 5 , SOR , SO 2 R M , SO 3 Rι 4 , SONRι 4 R i5 , SO 2 NRι 4 Rι 5 , SO 3 NRι 4 Ri5, P(Rι 4 ) 3 , P(=O)(Rι 4 ) 3 , Si(Rι 4 ) 3 , B(Rι 4 ) 2 ; Ef and Vf, gf and Sf , and if and Pf are C 2 -C 8 saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring system further substituted by Rι 6 , including epoxides and thioepoxides; Af (or Bf) connected to Qf (or pf ) or Wf (or Xf ); Ef connected to Qf (or p ) or Ff (or Gf); Hf_connected to if (or Gf) or £; if connected to jf (or Kf); if (or Mf) connected to jf (or Kf ) or Nf (or O ); Rf (or p ) connected to Pf or Sf; Yf connected to Uf (or if) or Wf (or Xf) are Cι-C 8 disubstituted (fused) saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring systems further substituted by Rι 6 , (C=Y)Rι 6 and Y(C=Y)Rι 6 , including epoxides and thioepoxides; Af , Ff ; Cf, Pf ; Ff, Gf ; jf , K ; if, M ; Nf , O ; Ql, Rf ; Of , if and Xf , Wf are =Y where Y is selected from sulfur, oxygen, nifrogen, NRι 4 Rι 5 and =CRι 7 Rι 8 ; Rι and Rι 8 are independently selected from Rι 6 , (C=Y)Rι 6 and Y(C=Y)Rι 6 wherein: n is 0-10 atoms selected from carbon, oxygen, nifrogen, sulfur, phosphorus, silicon, boron, arsenic and selenium, wherein the ring defined by said atoms is saturated or unsaturated, including epoxides and thioepoxides; Af-Zf are independently selected from hydrogen, Rι 9 , R 20 , R 2 ι, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, ORι 9 , SRι 9 , NRι 9 R 20 , N(=O) 2 , NRι 9 OR 20 , ONRι 9 R 20 , SORι 9 , SO 2 Rι 9 , SO 3 Rι 9 , SONRι 9 R 20 , SO 2 NRι 9 R 20 , SO 3 NRι 9 R 20 , P(Rι 9 )3, P(=O)(Rι 9 ) 3 , Si(R 19 ) 3 , B(Rι 9 ) 2 , (C=0)R 2 ι or 0(C=0)R 2 ι where 0 is sulfur, oxygen and nitrogen ; Rι 9 and R 2 o are each independently selected from Cι-C 20 alkyl (branched and/or straight chained), Cι-C 20 arylalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 6 -Cι 4 aryl, Cι-C 14 heteroaryl, C 1 -C 14 heterocycle, C 2 -C 10 alkenyl (branched and or sfraight chained), C 2 -do alkynyl (branched and/or sfraight chained), d-do heteroarylalkyl, d-do alkoxyalkyl, d-do haloalkyl, dihaloalkyl, trihaloalkyl, haloalkoxy, Ci-Cio [CN, ORι 9 , SRj 9 , NRι 9 R 2 o, N(=O) 2 , NRι 9 OR 20 , ONRι 9 R 20 , SORι 9 , SO 2 Rι 9 , SO 3 Rι 9 , SONRι 9 R 20 , SO 2 NRι 9 R 20 , SO 3 NRι 9 R 20 , P(Rι 9 ) 3 , P(=O)(Rι 9 ) 3 , Si(Rι 9 ) 3 , B(Rι 9 ) 2 ]alkyl; Rai is selected from R 19 , R 20 , CN, CORι 9 , CO 2 Rι 9 , OR i9 , SRι 9 , NRι 9 R 20 , N(=O) 2 , NRι 9 OR 20 , ONRι 9 R 20 , SORι 9 , SO 2 Rι 9 , SO 3 Rι 9 , SONRι 9 R 20 , SO 2 NRι 9 R 20 , SO 3 NRι 9 R 20 , P(Rι 9 ) 3 , P(=O)( ι 9 )3, Si(Rj 9 ) 3 , B(Rι 9 ) 2 ; D connected to X . is a C 2 -C 8 saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring system further substituted by R 2 ι, including epoxides and thioepoxides; Af (or Af) connected to B_f (or Cf ) or Zf (or Yf); pf connected to Bf (or Cf) or Ef (or Ff); Gf (or gf) connected to if (or Ff) or if (or jf); Lf (or Kf) connected to if (or jf) or Mf (or Nf); Of (or Of) connected to Nf (or Mf ) or Pf (or Qf ). Sf (or Rf) coimected to Qf (or Pf) or Jjf (or if). Wf (or Vf) connected to Uf (or if) or Xf; Xf connected to Yf (or Zf) are Cι-C 8 disubstituted (fused) saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring systems further substituted by R 2 ι, (C= 0)R 2 ι and 0 (C= 0)R 2 ι, including epoxides and thioepoxides; Af, Af ; Bf, Cf ; Ef, Ff ; Gf, gf ; if, jf ; Kf, if; Mf, Nf ; Of, Of ; Qf, Pf, Sf, Rf, U , I_, W_, Y_, and Z_, Y_ are =0 where 0 is selected from sulfur, oxygen, nitrogen, NRι 9 R 20 , and =CR 2 2R 23 ; and R22 and R 23 are selected from R 2 ι, (C= 0)R2i and 0(C= 0)R2i; and which chemical agent or derivative or chemical analogue thereof is capable of modulating PKC activity, PKC-dependent gene expression or PKC enzyme turnover and wherein said chemical agent or its derivatives or chemical analogues is administered for a time and under conditions sufficient to ameliorate one or more symptoms associated with said inflammatory condition. 2. (amended) A method according to Claim 1 wherein the chemical agent is represented by the general formula (VI):- wherein:- R 24 , R 25 and R 26 are independently selected from hydrogen, R 27 , R 28 , F, Cl, Br, I, CN, OR 27 , SR 27 , NR 27 R 28 , N(=O) 2 , NR 27 OR 28 , ONR 27 R 28 , SOR 27 , SO 2 R 27 , SO 3 R 27 , SONR 27 R 8, SO 2 NR 27 R28, SO 3 NR 27 R 28 , P(R 27 ) 3 , P(=O)(R 27 ) 3 , Si(R 27 ) 3 , B(R 27 ) 2 , (C=X)R 29 or X(C=X)R 29 where X is selected from sulfur, oxygen and nifrogen; R 27 and R 28 are each independently selected from Cι-C 20 alkyl (branched and/or sfraight chained), Cι-C 20 arylalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 6 -Ci 4 aryl, C1-C14 heteroaryl, C 1 -C 14 heterocycle, C 2 -Cιo alkenyl (branched and/or straight chained), C 2 -Cιo alkynyl (branched and/or straight chained), C 1 -C 10 heteroarylalkyl, C 1 -C10 alkoxyalkyl, Cι-Cι 0 haloalkyl, dihaloalkyl, trihaloalkyl, haloalkoxy, C1-C1 0 [CN, OR 27 , SR 27 , NR 27 R 28 , N(=O) 2 , NR 27 OR 2 8, ONR 27 R 28 , SOR 27 , SO 2 R 27 , SO 3 R 27 , SONR 27 R 28 , SO 2 NR 27 R 28 , SO 3 NR 27 R 28 , P(R 27 ) 3 , P(=O)(R 27 ) 3 , Si(R 27 ) 3 , B(R 27 ) 2 ]alkyl; R 29 is selected from R 27 , R 28 , CN, COR 27 , CO 2 R 27 , OR 27 , SR 27 , NR 27 R 28 , N(=O) 2 , NR 27 OR 28 , ONR 27 R 28 , SOR 27 , SO 2 R 27 , SO 3 R 27 , SONR 27 R 28 , SO 2 NR 27 R 28 , SO 3 NR 27 R 28 , P(R 27 ) 3 , P(=O)(R 27 ) 3 , Si(R 27 ) 3 , B(R 27 ) 2 . 3. (amended) A method according to Claim 2 wherein 2 4 is H. 4. (amended) A method according to Claim 2 wherein R 24 is OAcetyl. 5. (amended) A method according to Claim 2 wherein R 24 is OH. 6. (amended) A method according to Claim 2 wherein R 25 and R 26 are OH. 7. (amended) A method according to Claim 1 wherein the plant is of the genus selected from Acalypha, Acidoton, Actinostemon, Adelia, Adenocline, Adenocrepis, Adenophaedra, Adisca, Agrostistachys, Alchornea, Alchomeopsis, Alcinaeanthus, Alcoceria, Aleurites, Amanoa, Andrachne, Angostyles, Anisophyllum, Antidesma, Aphora, Aporosa, Aporosella, Argythamnia, Astrococcus, Astrogyne, Baccanrea, Baliospermum, Bernardia, Beyeriopsis, Bischofia, Blachia, Blumeodondron, Bonania, Bradleia, Breynia, Breyniopsis, Briedelia, Buraeavia, Caperonia, Caryodendron, Celianella, Cephalocroton, Chaenotheca, Chaetocarpus, Chamaesyce, Cheilosa, Chiropetalum, Choriophyllum, Cicca, Chaoxylon, Cleidon, Cleistanthus, Cluytia, Cnesmone, Cnidoscolus, Coccoceras, Codiaeum, Coelodiscus, Conami, Conceveiba, Conceveibastrum, Conceveϊbum, Corythea, Croizatia, Croton, Crotonopsis, Crozophora, Cubanthus, Cunuria, Dactylostemon, Dalechampia, Dendrocousinsia, Diaspersus, Didymocistus, Dimorphocalyx, Discocarpus, Ditaxis, Dodecastingma, Drypetes, Dysopsis, Elateriospermum, Endadenium, Endospermum, Erismanthus, Erythrocarpus, Erythrochilus, Eumecanthus, Euphorbia, Euphorbiodendron, Excoecaria, Flueggea, Calearia, Garcia, Gavarretia, Gelonium, Giara, Givotia, Glochidion, Clochidionopsis, Glycydendron, Gymnanthes, Gymnosparia, Haematospermum, Hendecandra, Hevea, Hieronima, Hieronyma, Hippocrepandra, Homalanthus, Hymenocardia, Janipha, Jatropha, Julocroton, Lasiocroton, Leiocarpus, Leonardia, Lepidanthus, Leucocroton, Mabea, Macaranga, Mallotus, Manihot, Mappa, Maprounea, Melanthesa, Mercurialis, Mettenia, Micrandra, Microdesmis, Microelus, Microstachy, Maocroton, Monadenium, Mozinna, Neoscortechinia, Omalanthus, Omphalea, Ophellantha, Orbicularia, Ostodes, Oxydectes, Palenga, Pantadenia, Paradrypeptes, Pausandra, Pedilanthus, Pera, Peridium, Petalostigma, Phyllanthus, Picrodendro, Pierardia, Pilinophytum, Pimeleodendron, Piranhea, Platygyna, Plukenetia, Podocalyx, Poinsettia, Poraresia, Prosartema, Pseudanthus, Pycnocoma, Quadrasia, Reverchonia, Richeria, Richeriella, Ricinella, Ricinocarpus, Rottlera, Sagotia, Sanwithia, Sapium, Savia, Sclerocroton, Sebastiana, Securinega, Senefeldera, Senefilderopsis, Serophyton, Siphonia, Spathiostemon, Spixia, Stillingia, Strophioblachia, Synadenium, Tetracoccus, Tetraplandra, Tetrorchidium, Thyrsanthera, Tithymalus, Trageia, Trewia, Trigonostemon, Tyria and Xylophylla. 8. (amended) A method according to Claim 7 wherein the plant is of the genus Euphorbia. 9. (amended) A method according to Claim 8 wherein the species of Euphorbia is selected from Euphorbia aaron-rossii, Euphorbia abbreviata, Euphorbia acuta, Euphorbia alatocaulis, Euphorbia albicaulis, Euphorbia algomarginata, Euphorbia aliceae, Euphorbia alta, Euphorbia anacampseros, Euphorbia andromedae, Euphorbia angusta, Euphorbia anthonyi, Euphorbia antiguensis, Euphorbia apocynifolia, Euphorbia arabica, Euphorbia ariensis, Euphorbia arizonica, Euphorbia arkansana, Euphorbia arteagae, Euphorbia arundelana, Euphorbia astroites, Euphorbia atrococca, Euphorbia baselicis, Euphorbia batabanensis, Euphorbia bergeri, Euphorbia bermudiana, Euphorbia bicolor, Euphorbia biformis, Euphorbia bifurcata, Euphorbia bilobata, Euphorbia biramensis, Euphorbia biuncialis, Euphorbia blepharostipula, Euphorbia blodgetti, Euphorbia boerhaavioides, Euphorbia boliviana, Euphorbia bracei, Euphorbia brachiata, Euphorbia brachycera, Euphorbia brandegee, Euphorbia brittonii, Euphorbia caesia, Euphorbia calcicola, Euphorbia campestris, Euphorbia candelabrum, Euphorbia capitellata, Euphorbia carmenensis, Euphorbia carunculata, Euphorbia cayensis, Euphorbia celastroides, Euphorbia chalicophila, Euphorbia chamaerrhodos, Euphorbia chamaesula, Euphorbia chiapensis, Euphorbia chiogenoides, Euphorbia cinerascens, Euphorbia clarionensis, Euphorbia colimae, Euphorbia colorata, Euphorbia commutata, Euphorbia consoquitlae, Euphorbia convolvuloides, Euphorbia corallifera, Euphorbia creberrima, Euphorbia crenulata, Euphorbia cubensis, Euphorbia cuspidata, Euphorbia cymbiformis, Euphorbia darlingtonii, Euphorbia defoliata, Euphorbia degeneri, Euphorbia deltoidea, Euphorbia dentata, Euphorbia depressa Euphorbia dictyosperma, Euphorbia dictyosperma, Euphorbia dioeca, Euphorbia discoidalis, Euphorbia dorsiventralis, Euphorbia drumondii, Euphorbia duclouxii, Euphorbia dussii, Euphorbia eanophylla, Euphorbia eggersii, Euphorbia eglandulosa, Euphorbia elata, Euphorbia enalla, Euphorbia eriogonoides, Euphorbia eriophylla, Euphorbia esculaeformis, Euphorbia espirituensis, Euphorbia esula, Euphorbia excisa, Euphorbia exclusa, Euphorbia exstipitata, Euphorbia exstipulata, Euphorbia fendleri, Euphorbia fllicaulis, Euphorbia filiformis, Euphorbia florida, Euphorbia fruticulosa, Euphorbia garber, Euphorbia gaumerii, Euphorbia gerardiana, Euphorbia geyeri, Euphorbia glyptosperma, Euphorbia gorgonis, Euphorbia gracilior, Euphorbia gracillima, Euphorbia gradyi, Euphorbia graminea, Euphorbia graminiea Euphorbia grisea, Euphorbia guadalajarana, Euphorbia guanarensis, Euphorbia gymnadenia, Euphorbia haematantha, Euphorbia hedyotoides, Euphorbia heldrichii, Euphorbia helenae, Euphorbia helleri, Euphorbia helwigii, Euphorbia henricksonii, Euphorbia heterophylla, Euphorbia hexagona, Euphorbia hexagonoides, Euphorbia hinkleyorum, Euphorbia hintonii, Euphorbia hirtula, Euphorbia hirta, Euphorbia hooveri, Euphorbia humistrata, Euphorbia hypericifolia, Euphorbia inundata, Euphorbia involuta, Euphorbia jaliscensis, Euphorbia jejuna, Euphorbia Johnston, Euphorbia juttae, Euphorbia knuthii, Euphorbia lasiocarpa, Euphorbia lata, Euphorbia latazi, Euphorbia latericolor, Euphorbia laxiflora Euphorbia lecheoides, Euphorbia ledienii, Euphorbia leucophylla, Euphorbia lineata, Euphorbia linguiformis, Euphorbia longecornuta, Euphorbia longepetiolata, Euphorbia longeromosa, Euphorbia longinsulicola, Euphorbia longipila, Euphorbia lupulina, Euphorbia lurida, Euphorbia lycioides, Euphorbia macropodoides, macvaughiana, Euphorbia manca, Euphorbia mandoniana, Euphorbia mangleti, Euphorbia mango, Euphorbia marylandica, Euphorbia mayana, Euphorbia melanadenia, Euphorbia melanocarpa, Euphorbia meridensis, Euphorbia mertonii, Euphorbia mexiae, Euphorbia microcephala, Euphorbia microclada, Euphorbia micromera, Euphorbia misella, Euphorbia missurica, Euphorbia montana, Euphorbia montereyana, Euphorbia multicaulis, Euphorbia multiformis, Euphorbia multinodis, Euphorbia multiseta, Euphorbia muscicola, Euphorbia neomexicana, Euphorbia nephradenia, Euphorbia niqueroana, Euphorbia oaxacana, Euphorbia occidentalis, Euphorbia odontodenia, Euphorbia olivacea, Euphorbia olowaluana, Euphorbia opthalmica, Euphorbia ovata, Euphorbia pachypoda, Euphorbia pachyrhiza, Euphorbia padifolia, Euphorbia palmeri, Euphorbia paludicola, Euphorbia parciflora, Euphorbia parishii, Euphorbia parryi, Euphorbia paxiana, Euphorbia pediculifera, Euphorbia peplidion, Euphorbia peploides, Euphorbia peplus, Euphorbia pergamena, Euphorbia perlignea, Euphorbia petaloidea, Euphorbia petaloidea, Euphorbia petrina, Euphorbia picachensis, Euphorbia pilosula, Euphorbia pilulifera, Euphorbia pinariona, Euphorbia pinetorum, Euphorbia pionosperma, Euphorbia platysperma, Euphorbia plicata, Euphorbia poeppigii, Euphorbia poliosperma, Euphorbia polycarpa, Euphorbia polycnemoides, Euphorbia polyphylla, Euphorbia portoricensis, Euphorbia portulacoides Euphorbia portulana, Euphorbia preslii, Euphorbia prostrata, Euphorbia pteroneura, Euphorbia pycnanthema, Euphorbia ramosa, Euphorbia rapulum, Euphorbia remyi, Euphorbia retroscabra, Euphorbia revoluta, Euphorbia rivularis, Euphorbia robusta, Euphorbia romosa, Euphorbia rubida, Euphorbia rubrosperma, Euphorbia rupicola, Euphorbia sanmartensis, Euphorbia saxatilis M. Bieb, Euphorbia schizoloba, Euphorbia sclerocyathium, Euphorbia scopulorum, Euphorbia senilis, Euphorbia serpyllifolia, Euphorbia serrula, Euphorbia setiloba Engelm, Euphorbia sonorae, Euphorbia soobyi, Euphorbia sparsiflora, Euphorbia sphaerosperma, Euphorbia syphilitica, Euphorbia spruceana, Euphorbia subcoerulea, Euphorbia stellata, Euphorbia submammilaris, Euphorbia subpeltata, Euphorbia subpubens, Euphorbia subreniforme, Euphorbia subtrifoliata, Euphorbia succedanea, Euphorbia tamaulipasana, Euphorbia telephioides, Euphorbia tenuissima, Euphorbia tetrapora, Euphorbia tirucalli, Euphorbia tomentella, Euphorbia tomentosa, Euphorbia torralbasii, Euphorbia tovariensis, Euphorbia trachysperma, Euphorbia tricolor, Euphorbia troyana, Euphorbia tuerckheimii, Euphorbia turczaninowii, Euphorbia umbellulata, Euphorbia undulata, Euphorbia vermiformis, Euphorbia versicolor, Euphorbia villifera, Euphorbia violacea, Euphorbia whitei, Euphorbia xanti Engelm, Euphorbia xylopoda Greenm., Euphorbia yayalesia Urb., Euphorbia yungasensis, Euphorbia zeravschanica and Euphorbia zinniiflora. 10. (amended) A method according to Claim 9 wherein the species of Euphorbia is Euphorbia peplus. 11. (amended) A method according to Claim 1 wherein the biological entity is a prokaryotic microorganism. 12. (amended) A method according to Claim 11 wherein the prokaryotic microorganism is a species of Treponema sp., Borrelia sp., Neisseria sp., Legionella sp., Bordetella sp., Escherichia sp., Salmonella sp., Shigella sp., Klebsiella sp., Yersinia sp., Vibrio sp., Hemophilus sp., Rickettsia sp., Chlamydia sp., Mycoplasma sp., Staphylococcus sp., Streptococcus sp., Bacillus sp., Clostridium sp., Corynebacterium sp., Proprionibacterium sp., Mycobacterium sp., Ureaplasma sp. and Listeria sp. 13. (amended) A method according to Claim 12 wherein the prokaryotic microorganism is selected from Treponema pallidum, Borrelia burgdorferi, Neisseria gonorrhea, Neisseria meningitidis, Legionella pneumophila, Bordetella pertussis, Escherichia coli, Salmonella typhi, Salmonella typhimurium, Shigella dysenteriae, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Yersinia pestis, Vibrio cholerae, Hemophilus influenzae, Rickettsia rickettsii, Chlamydia trachomatis, Mycoplasma pneumoniae, Staphylococcus aureus, Streptococcus pneumoniae, Streptococcus pyogenes, Bacillus anthracis, Clostridium botulinum, Clostridium tetani, Clostridium perfringens, Corynebacterium diphtheriae, Proprionibacterium acnes, Mycobacterium tuberculosis, Mycobacterium leprae, Ureaplasma parvum and Listeria monocytogenes. 14. (amended) A method according to Claim 13 wherein the prokaryotic organism is a Salmonella typhi, Salmonella typhimurium, Streptococcus pneumoniae, Streptococcus pyogenes and Staphylococcus aureus. 15. (amended) A method according to 1 wherein the biological entity is a lower eukaryotic microorganism. 16. (amended) A method according to Claim 15 wherein the lower eukaryotic organism is a yeast or fungus selected from Pneumocystis carinii, Candida albicans, Aspergillus, Histoplasma capsulatum, Blastomyces dermatitidis, Cryptococcus neoformans, Trichophyton and Microsporum. 17. (amended) A method according to Claim 1 wherein the biological entity is a complex eukaryotic organism. 18. (amended) A method according to Claim 17 wherein the complex eukaryotic organism is selected from worms, insects, arachnids, nematodes, aemobe, Entamoeba histolytica, Giardia lamblia, Trichomonas vaginalis, Trypanosoma brucei gambiense, Trypanosoma cruzi, Balantidium coli, Toxoplasma gondii, Cryptosporidium or Leishmania. 19. (amended) A method according to Claim 1 wherein the biological entity is a virus. 20. (amended) A method according to Claim 19 wherein the virus is selected from adenoviruses, papovaviruses, heφesviruses: simplex, varicella-zoster, Epstein-Barr, CMV, pox viruses: smallpox, vaccinia, hepatitis B, rhinoviruses, hepatitis A, poliovirus, rubellavirus, hepatitis C, arboviruses, rabiesvirus, influenzaviruses A and B, measlesvirus, mumpsvirus, HIV, HTLV I and II. 21. (amended) A method according to Claim 20 wherein the virus is HIV, HTLV 1 or HTLV II. 22. (amended) A method according to Claim 21 wherein the virus is HIV. 23. (amended) A method according to Claim 20 wherein the virus is Epstein-Ban virus. 24. (amended) A method according to Claim 1 wherein the chemical agent is a jafrophane or a derivative thereof or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of these. 25. (amended) A method according to Claim 24 wherein said derivative is an ester derivative. 26. (amended) A method according to Claim 24 wherein said derivative is an acetylated derivative. 27. (amended) A method according to Claim 1 wherein said chemical agent is a pepluane or a derivative thereof or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of these. 28. (amended) A method according to Claim 27 wherein said derivative is an ester derivative. 29. (amended) A method according to Claim 27 wherein said derivative is an acetylated derivative. 30. (amended) A method according to Claim 1 wherein said chemical agent is a paraliane or a derivative thereof or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of these. 31. (amended) A method according to Claim 30 wherein said derivative is an ester derivative. 32. (amended) A method according to Claim 30 wherein said derivative is an acetylated derivative. 33. (amended) A method according to Claim 1 wherein said compound is an angeloyl- substituted ingenane or a derivative thereof or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of these. 34. (amended) A method according to Claim 33 wherein said derivative is an acetylated derivative. 35. (amended) A method according to Claim 33 wherein said jatrophane is of conformation 2. 36. (amended) A method according to Claim 24 or 27 or 30 or 33 wherein the derivative comprises a substitution as represented in any one of general formulae (I) - (VI). 37. (amended) A method according to Claim 1 wherein said compound is 5,8,9,10,14- pentaacetoxy-3-benzoyloxy-15-hydroxypepluane (pepluane) or a derivative thereof or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of these. 38. (amended) A method according to Claim 37 wherein said derivative is an ester derivative. 39. (amended) A method according- to Claim 1 wherein said compound is 2,3,5,7,15- pentaacetoxy-9-nicotinoyloxy-14-oxojafropha-6(17),HE-diene (jafrophane 1) or a derivative thereof or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of these. 40. (amended) A method according to Claim 39 wherein said derivative is an ester derivative. 41. (amended) A method according to Claim 1 wherein said compound is 2,5,7,8,9,14- hexaacetoxy-3-benzoyloxy-15-hydroxy-jatropha-6(17),llE-diene (jatrophane 2) or a derivative thereof or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of these. 42. (amended) A method according to Claim 41 wherein said derivative is an ester derivative. 43. (amended) A method according to Claim 1 wherein said compound is 2,5,14- triacetoxy-3-benzoyloxy-8,15-dihydroxy-7-isobutyroyloxy-9-nicotinoylox5 jatropha-6(17), llE-diene (jatrophane 3) or a derivative thereof or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of these. 44. (amended) A method according to Claim 43 wherein said derivative is an ester derivative. 45. (amended) A method according to Claim 1 wherein said compound is 2,5,9,14- tefraacetoxy-3-benzoyloxy-8,15-dihydroxy-7-isobutyroyloxyjatropha-6(17),llE-diene) (jatrophane 4) or a derivative thereof or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of these. 46. (amended) A method according to Claim 45 wherein said derivative is an ester derivative. 47. (amended) A method according to Claim 1 wherein said compound is 2,5,7,14- tetraacetoxy-3-benzoyloxy-8,15-dihydroxy-9-nicotinoyloxyjafropha-6(17),llΕ-diene (jatrophane 5) or a derivative thereof or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of these. 48. (amended) A method according to Claim 47 wherein said derivative is an ester derivative. 49. (amended) A method according to Claim 1 wherein said compound is 2,5,7,9,14- pentaacetoxy-3-benzoyloxy-8,15-dihydroxyjafropha-6(17),llE-diene (jafrophane 6) or a derivative thereof or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of these. 50. (amended) A method according to Claim 49 wherein said derivative is an ester derivative. 51. (amended) A method according to Claim 1 wherein said compound is 20-O-acetyl- ingenol-3-angelate or a derivative thereof or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of these. 52. (amended) A method according to Claim 51 wherein said derivative is an ester derivative. 53. (amended) A method according to Claim 1 or 24 or 27 or 30 or 33 or 37 or 39 or 41 or 43 or 45 or 47 or 49 or 52 wherein said compound is provided in the form of a composition comprising a pharmaceutically- or cosmetically-acceptable carrier. 54. (amended) A method according to Claim 53 wherein said carrier is selected from β- alanine betaine hydrochloride and t-4-hydroxy-N,N-dimethylproline. 55. (amended) A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of an an innate viral infection, said method comprising administration to said subject of a virus-activating effective amount of a macrocyclic diteφene obtainable from a Euphorbiaceae plant or its botanical or horticultural relative, said macrocyclic diteφene being selected from an ingenane, pepluane or jatrophane, or a derivative or chemical analogue thereof, having the structure represented by any one of the general formulae (I) - (V) wherein: n is 0-10 atoms selected from carbon, oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, phosphorus, silicon, boron, arsenic and selenium, wherein the ring defined by said atoms is saturated or unsaturated, including epoxides and thioepoxides; AT are independently selected from hydrogen, R 1} R 2 , R 3 , F, Cl, Br, I, CN, ORi, SRi, NRιR 2 , N(=O) 2 , NRιOR 2 , ONRιR 2 , SORi, SO 2 Rι, SO 3 Rι, SONRιR 2 , SO 2 NRιR 2 , SO 3 NRιR 2 , P(Rι) 3 , P(=O)(Rι) 3 , Si(Rι) 3 , B(R ) 2 , (C=X)R 3 or X(C=X)R 3 where X is selected from sulfur, oxygen and nitrogen; Ri and R are each independently selected from Cι-C 2 o alkyl (branched and/or sfraight chained), Cι-C 2 o arylalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 6 -Cι 4 aryl, d-C 14 heteroaryl, C 1 -C14 heterocycle, C 2 -Cιo alkenyl (branched and or straight chained), C 2 -Cι 0 alkynyl (branched and/or sfraight chained), d-do heteroarylalkyl, -do alkoxyalkyl, C 1 -C10 haloalkyl, dihaloalkyl, trihaloalkyl, haloalkoxy, Cι-Cι 0 [CN, ORi, SRi, NRιR 2 , N(=O) 2 , NRιOR 2 , ONRιR 2 , SORi, SO 2 Rι, SO 3 Rι, SONRιR 2 , SO 2 NRιR 2 , SO 3 NR!R 2 , P(Rι) 3 , P(=O)(Rι) 3 , Si(Rι) 3 , B(R 1 ) 2 ]alkyl; R 3 is selected from R u R 2 , CN, CORi, CO 2 Rι, OR b SRi, NRιR 2 , N(=O) 2 , NRιOR 2 , ONRιR 2 , SORi, SO 2 Rι, SO 3 Rι, SONR1R2, SO 2 NR 1 R 2 , SO 3 NRιR 2 , P(Rι) 3 , P(=O)(Rι) 3 , Si(Rι) 3 , B(Rι) 2 ; A connected to B (or C), D (or E), R (or Q), P (or Q) or S (or I) is a selection of d-C 8 disubstituted (fused) saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic rings further substituted by R 3 , (C=X)R 3 and X(C=X)R 3 , including epoxides and thioepoxides; J connected to I (or g), G (or F), K (or L), M (or N) or S (or I) is a selection of d-C 8 disubstituted (fused) saturated and unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic rings further substituted by R 3 , (C=X)R 3 and X(C=X)R 3 , including epoxides and thioepoxides; P (or E) connected to B (or C) or G (or F); I (or g) connected to G (or F); P_ (or Q) connected to R (or Q) or M (or N); K (or L) connected to N (or M) is a selection of Ci-Ce disubstituted (fused) saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic rings substituted by R 3 , (C=X)R 3 and X(C=X)R 3 , including epoxides and thioepoxides; B and C, P and E, R and Q, P and Q, I and g, G and F, K and L, M and N or S and I are =X where X is selected from sulfur, oxygen, nitrogen, NRιR 2 , and =CRιR 2 wherein: n is 0-10 atoms selected from carbon, oxygen, nifrogen, sulfur, phosphorus, silicon, boron, arsenic and selenium, wherein the ring defined by said atoms is saturated or unsaturated, including epoxides and thioepoxides; A'-T' are independently selected from hydrogen, P , R 5 , R 6 , F, Cl, Br, I, CN, CORi, CO 2 R 4 , ORi, SR 4 , NR t Rs, CONP R S , N(-O) 2 , MUORs, ONRtRs, SORt, SO 2 R4, SO 3 R4, SONR4R5, SO 2 NR4R 5 , SO 3 NR4R 5 , P^s, P(=O)(R4) 3 , Si(R4) 3 , B(R4) 2 , (C=X)R 6 or X(C= : X)R where X is selected from sulfur, oxygen and nifrogen; R t and R 5 are each independently selected from d-C 20 alkyl (branched and/or straight chained), C 1 -C 20 arylalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 6 -C 14 aryl, d-C 14 heteroaryl, Ci-C 14 heterocycle, C 2 -C 10 alkenyl (branched and/or straight chained), -Cio alkynyl (branched and/or sfraight chained), C 1 -C 10 heteroarylalkyl, C 1 -C 10 alkoxyalkyl, C1-C1 0 haloalkyl, dihaloalkyl, trihaloalkyl, haloalkoxy, C1-C 10 [CN, O i, S t , N iRs, N(=O) 2 , N tORs, ONRiRs, SORi, SO 2 R4, SO 3 Rt, SONR4R5, SO 2 NR4R 5 , SOsN tRs, P(R ) 3 , P(=O)(R4) 3 , Si(R4) 3 , B(R 4 ) 2 ]alkyl; R 6 is selected from R 4 , R 5 , CN, CORi, CO 2 R4, OR 4 , SR4, NRtR 5 , N(=O) 2 , NRiORs, ONRjRs, SOR 4 , SO 2 R 4 , SO 3 R 4 , SONR 4 R 5 , SO 2 NR t R 5 , SOsN tRs, P(EU) 3 , F and Rl or gl and PI is a C 2 -C 8 saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring system further substituted by R 6 , including epoxides and thioepoxides; PI connected to Ml (or Nl) or Ql (or F); Rl connected to Ql (or F) or SI (or H); S_l (or T) connected to Al (or B_l); Al (or B_l) coimected to Ql (or PI); F connected to Ql (or PI) or F (or Ql); gl connected to F; F connected to F; F connected to Kl; Kl connected to F; F connected to Ml (or Nl) are Cι-C 8 disubstituted (fused) saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring systems further substituted by R 6 , (C=X)R 6 and X(C=X)R 6 , including epoxides and thioepoxides; Al, B_l and Ql, Dl and F, Ql and Ml, Ml and F, Ql and SI, II are =X where X is selected from sulfur, oxygen, nifrogen, N jRs, (C=X)R 6 , X(C=X)R 6 , and =CR 7 R 8 ; R 7 and R 8 are each independently selected from Re, (C=X)R 6 and X(C=X)R 6 wherein: n is 0-10 atoms selected from carbon, oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, phosphorus, silicon, boron, arsenic and selenium, wherein the ring defined by said atoms is saturated or unsaturated, including epoxides and thioepoxides; Af-lf are independently selected from hydrogen, R 9 , Rio, Rπ, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, OR 9 , SR 9 , NR 9 Rιo, N(=O) 2 , NR 9 ORιo, ONR 9 Rι 0 , SOR 9 , SO 2 R 9 , SO 3 R 9 , SONR 9 Rι 0 , SO 2 NR 9 Rι 0 , SO 3 NR 9 Rιo, P(R 9 ) 3 , P(=O)(R 9 ) 3 , Si(R 9 ) 3 , B(R 9 ) 2 , (C=X)R U or X(C=X)R„ where X is selected from sulfur, oxygen and nifrogen; R and Rio are each independently selected from Ci- o alkyl (branched and sfraight chained), C1-C20 arylalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 6 -Cι 4 aryl, C1-C14 heteroaryl, C1-C14 heterocycle, -Cio alkenyl (branched and sfraight chained), d-Cio alkynyl (branched and sfraight chained), C 1 -C10 heteroarylalkyl, C 1 -C 10 alkoxyalkyl, d-do haloalkyl, dihaloalkyl, trihaloalkyl, haloalkoxy, C 1 -C 10 [CN, OR 9 , SR 9 , NR 9 Rι 0 , N(=0) 2 , NR 9 ORι 0 , ONR 9 Rιo, SOR 9 , SO 2 R 9 , SO 3 R 9 , SONR 9 Rι 0 , SO 2 NR 9 Rι 0 , SO 3 NR 9 Rι 0 , P(R 9 ) 3 , P(=O)(R 9 ) 3 , Si(R 9 ) 3 , B(R 9 ) 2 ]alkyl; Rn is selected from R 9 , Rio, CN, COR 9 , CO 2 R 9 , OR 9 , SR 9 , NR 9 R i0 , N(=O) 2 , NR 9 ORιo, ONR 9 Rιo, SOR 9 , SO 2 R 9 , SO 3 R 9 , SONR 9 Rιo, SO 2 NR 9 Rι 0 , SO 3 NR 9 Rι 0 , P(R 9 ) 3 , P(=O)(R 9 ) 3 , Si(R 9 ) 3 , B(R 9 ) 2 ; B 1 and Rf , Ef and Of and fif and Mf are selected from a d-C 8 saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring system further substituted by Rn, including epoxides and thioepoxides; Af (or Af) connected to A (or Af) or if (or Sf); f connected to Af (or λ ) or Qf (or Df . ). Ef connected to E 1 or Qf (or pf . ); £f connected to Ef (or Ff); Q (or gf) connected to Ef (or Ff) or if (or f); Kf (or Lf ) connected to if (or f) or M ; Mf connected to Qf (or Nf); Of connected Of (or Nf) or Pf (or Qf); Rf connected Pf . (or Qf) or Sf (or if) are Cι-C 8 disubstituted (fused) saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring systems further substituted by Rn, (C=X)Rn and X(C=X)Rn, including epoxides and thioepoxides; Af, A and A, A and Cf, pf and Ff , E and Gf, gf and if , F and Kf, Lf and Nf , Of and Pf, Qf and Sf , if are =X where X is selected from sulfur, oxygen, nitrogen, NR 9 Rιo, including (OX)Rn and X(C=X)Rn, and =CR 12 R 13 ; Rι 2 and Rι 3 are independently selected from R , (C=X)Rn and X(C=X)Rn wherein: n is 0-10 atoms selected from carbon, oxygen, nifrogen, sulfur, phosphorus, silicon, boron, arsenic and selenium, wherein the ring defined by said atoms is saturated or unsaturated, including epoxides and thioepoxides; 0 0 A -X are independently selected from hydrogen, R 14 , Rι 5 , Rι 6 , F, Cl, Br, I, CN, OR14, SR14, NRι 4 Rι 5 , N(=O) 2 , NRι 4 OR 15 , ONR14R15, SOR M , SO 2 Rι 4 , SO 3 R M , SONRι 4 R 15 , SO 2 NRi4Rι 5 , SO 3 NRι 4 Rι 5 , P(Rι 4 ) 3 , P(=0)(Rι 4 ) 3 , Si(Rι 4 ) 3 , B(R M ), (C=Y)Rι 6 or Y(C=Y)Ri6 where Y is selected from sulfur, oxygen and nifrogen; R 14 and R 15 are each independently selected from d-do alkyl (branched and/or sfraight chained), C 1 -C 20 arylalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 6 -Ci 4 aryl, Cι-C 14 heteroaryl, C1-C14 heterocycle, C 2 -C 10 alkenyl (branched and/or sfraight chained), -Cio alkynyl (branched and/or sfraight chained), d-Cio heteroarylalkyl, d-do alkoxyalkyl, C1-C10 haloalkyl, dihaloalkyl, trihaloalkyl, haloalkoxy, Ci-C 10 [CN, OR 1 4, SR14, NR 1 4R10, N(=O) 2 , NR 14 ORi5, ONR14R15, SOR I4 , SO 2 Ri4, SO 3 R 14 , SONR 14 Rιs, SO 2 NRι 4 Ri5, SO 3 NR 14 Rι 5 , P(Rι 4 ) 3 , P(=O)(RH) 3 , Si(R M ) 3 , B(Rι 4 ) 2 ]alkyl; Ri 6 is selected from R M , R 15 , CN, COR 14 , CO 2 R 15 , ORι 4 , SRι 4 , NRι 4 Rι 5 , N(=O) 2 , NR OR 15 , ONR 14 Ri5, SOR 14 , SO 2 R 14 , SO 3 R 14 , SONR 14 Rι 5 , SO 2 NRι 4 Rι 5 , SO 3 NRi4Ri5, P(Ri4) 3 , P(=O)(Rι ) 3 , Si(R 14 ) 3 , B(R 14 ) 2 ; 0 0 0 0 0 E_ and V_, g_ and S_, and I_ and P_ are C 2 -C 8 saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring system further substituted by R 16 , including epoxides and thioepoxides; Af (or Bf) connected to Cf (or pf ) or Wf (or Xf); Ef connected to Cf (or f ) or Ff (or Gf); gf_connected to Ff (or Gf) or £; ± connected to jf ( or Kf); if (or Mf) connected to j Ff ((oorr KKrf 2)\ or Nf (or Of ); gf (or p ) connected to Pf or S ; Vf connected to Uf (or I p_2\) or τ_2 ( /o„„r V X_2) are d-C 8 disubstituted (fused) saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring systems further substituted by R 16 , (C=Y)R 16 and Y(C=Y)Rι 6 , including epoxides and thioepoxides; Af, B ; Cf , Df ; Ff , G ; jf , Kf ; pf, Mf ; Nf, Of ; pf , Rf ; U , and Xf , Wf are =Y where Y is selected from sulfur, oxygen, nifrogen, NRι 4 Rι 5 and =CRι 7 Rι 8 ; Rι 7 and Rι 8 are independently selected from Rι 6 , (C=Y)Rι 6 and Y(C=Y)Rι 6 wherein: n is 0-10 atoms selected from carbon, oxygen, nifrogen, sulfur, phosphorus, silicon, boron, arsenic and selenium, wherein the ring defined by said atoms is saturated or unsaturated, including epoxides and thioepoxides; Af-Zf are independently selected from hydrogen, R 19 , R 20 , R 21 , F, Cl, Br, I, CN, ORι 9 , SRι 9 , NRι 9 R 20 , N(=O) 2 , NRι 9 OR 20 , ONRι 9 R 20 , SORι 9 , SO 2 Rι 9 , SO 3 Rι 9 , SONRι 9 R 20 , SO 2 NR 19 R 2 o, SO 3 NRι 9 R 20 , P(Rι 9 ) 3 , P(=O)(R 19 ) 3 , Si(R 19 ) 3 , B(R 19 ) 2 , (O=0)R 2 i or 0(C=0)R 2 ι where 0 is sulfur, oxygen and nifrogen ; Rι 9 and R 2 o are each independently selected from Cι-C 20 alkyl (branched and/or straight chained), Cι-C 20 arylalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 6 -Cι 4 aryl, Cι-Cι 4 heteroaryl, Ci-Cu heterocycle, C 2 -Cι 0 alkenyl (branched and/or sfraight chained), C 2 -Cιo alkynyl (branched and/or sfraight chained), Ci-Cio heteroarylalkyl, Ci-do alkoxyalkyl, Cι-C 10 haloalkyl, dihaloalkyl, trihaloalkyl, haloalkoxy, Ci-Cio [CN, ORι 9 , SRι 9 , NRι 9 R 20 , N(=O) 2 , NRι 9 OR 20 , ONRι 9 R 20 , SORι 9 , SO 2 Rι 9 , SO 3 Rι 9 , SONRι 9 R 20 , SO 2 NRι 9 R 2 o, SO 3 NRι 9 R 20 , P(R 19 ) 3 , P(=O)(R 19 ) 3 , Si(Rι 9 ) 3 , B(Rι 9 ) 2 ]alkyl; R21 is selected from Rι 9 , R 20 , CN, CORι 9 , CO 2 Rι 9 , ORι 9 , SRι 9 , NRι 9 R 20 , N(=O) 2 , NRι 9 OR 20 , ONRι 9 R 20 , SOR i9 , SO 2 Rι 9 , SO 3 Rι 9 , SONRι 9 R 20 , SO 2 NRι 9 R 20 , SO 3 NRι 9 R 20 , P(R 19 ) 3 , P(=O)(R 19 ) 3 , Si(Rι 9 ) 3 , B(Rι 9 ) 2 ; pf connected to Xf is a C 2 -C 8 saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring system further substituted by R 2 ι, including epoxides and thioepoxides; Af (or Af) connected to gf (or Cf ) or Zf (or yf); pf connected to gf (or Cf) or Ef (or Ff); Gf (or gf) connected to Ef (or Ff) or if (or jf); Lf (or Kf) connected to if (or jf) or Mf (or f); Qf (or Of) connected to Nf (or Mf ) or Pf (or Qf). Sf (or Rf) connected to pf (or Pf) or Uf (or if). Wf (or Vf) connected to Uf (or if) or Xf ; Xf connected to Yf (or Zf) are Cι-C 8 disubstituted (fused) saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring systems further substituted by R 2J , (C= 0)R 2 ι and 0 (C= 0)R2i, including epoxides and thioepoxides; Af, Af ; Bf , Cf; gf, if; Gf , gf ; £ , jf ; Kf , Lf ; Mf , Nf; Of , Of; Q , Pf , Sf , Rf , U , I_, W_, V_, and Zf , Y_ are =0 where 0 is selected from sulfur, oxygen, nitrogen, NRι 9 R 2 o, and =CR 22 R 23 ; and R 22 and R 23 are selected from R 21 , (C= 0)R 2 ι and 0(C= 0)R2i; and which chemical agent or derivative or chemical analogue thereof is capable of modulating PKC activity, PKC-dependent gene expression or PKC enzyme turnover and wherein said chemical agent or its derivatives or chemical analogues is administered for a time and under conditions sufficient to ameliorate one or more symptoms associated with said virus. 56. (amended) A method according to Claim 55 wherein the chemical agent is represented by the general formula (VI):- wherein:- R 24 , R 25 and R 26 are independently selected from hydrogen, R 27 , R 28 , F, Cl, Br, I, CN, OR 27 , SR 27 , NR 27 R 28 , N(=O) 2 , NR 27 OR 28 , ONR 27 R 28 , SOR 27 , SO 2 R 27 , SO 3 R 27 , SONR 27 R 28 , SO 2 NR 27 R 28 , SO 3 NR 27 R 28 , P(R 27 ) 3 , P(=O)(R 27 ) 3 , Si(R 27 ) 3 , B(R 27 ) 2 , (C=X)R 29 or X(C=X)R 29 where X is selected from sulfur, oxygen and nifrogen; R 27 and R 28 are each independently selected from Cι-C 2 o alkyl (branched and/or straight chained), Cι-C 2 o arylalkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 6 -Cι 4 aryl, d-Cι 4 heteroaryl, C 1 -C 14 heterocycle, C2-C1 0 alkenyl (branched and/or sfraight chained), C2-C1 0 alkynyl (branched and/or straight chained), d-do heteroarylalkyl, d-do alkoxyalkyl, d-do haloalkyl, dihaloalkyl, trihaloalkyl, haloalkoxy, d-C 10 [CN, OR 27 , SR 27 , NR 27 R 28 , N(=O) 2 , NR 27 OR 28 , ONR 27 R 28 , SOR 27 , SO 2 R 27 , SO 3 R 27 , SONR 27 R 2 8, SO 2 NR 27 R28, SO 3 NR 27 R 28 , P(R 27 ) 3 , P(=O)(R 27 ) 3 , Si(R 27 ) 3 , B(R 27 ) 2 ]alkyl; R 29 is selected from R 27 , R 28 , CN, COR 27 , CO 2 R 27 , OR 27 , SR 27 , NR 27 R 28 , N(=O) 2 , NR 27 OR 28 , ONR 27 R 28 , SOR 27 , SO 2 R 27 , SO 3 R 27 , SONR 27 R 28 , SO 2 NR2 7 R 28 , SO 3 NR 27 R 28 , P(R 27 ) 3 , P(=O)(R 27 ) 3 , Si(R 27 ) 3 , B(R 27 ) 2 . 57. (amended) A method according to Claim 56 wherein R 2 is H. 58. (amended) A method according to Claim 56 wherein R 24 is OAcetyl. 59. (amended) A method according to Claim 56 wherein R 24 is OH. 60. (amended) A method according to Claim 56 wherein R 25 and R 26 are OH. 61. (amended) A method according to Claim 55 wherein the plant is of the genus selected from Acalypha, Acidoton, Actinostemon, Adelia, Adenocline, Adenocrepis, Adenophaedra, Adisca, Agrostistachys, Alchornea, Alchomeopsis, Alcinaeanthus, Alcoceria, Aleurites, Amanoa, Andrachne, Angostyles, Anisophyllum, Antidesma, Aphora, Aporosa, Aporosella, Argythamnia, Astrococcus, Astrogyne, Baccanrea, Baliospermum, Bernardia, Beyeriopsis, Bischofia, Blachia, Blumeodondron, Bonania, Bradleia, Breynia, Breyniopsis, Briedelia, Buraeavia, Caperonia, Caryodendron, Celianella, Cephalocroton, Chaenotheca, Chaetocarpus, Chamaesyce, Cheilosa, Chiropetalum, Choriophyllum, Cicca, Chaoxylon, Cleidon, Cleistanthus, Cluytia, Cnesmone, Cnidoscolus, Coccoceras, Codiaeum, Coelodiscus, Conami, Conceveiba, Conceveibastrum, Conceveϊbum, Corythea, Croizatia, Croton, Crotonopsis, Crozophora, Cubanthus, Cunuria, Dactylostemon, Dalechampia, Dendrocousinsia, Diaspersus, Didymocistus, Dimorphocalyx, Discocarpus, Ditaxis, Dodecastingma, Drypetes, Dysopsis, Elateriospermum, Endadenium, Endospermum, Erismanthus, Erythrocarpus, Erythrochilus, Eumecanthus, Euphorbia, Euphorbiodendron, Excoecaria, Flueggea, Calearia, Garcia, Gavarretia, Gelonium, Giara, Givotia, Glochidion, Clochidionopsis, Glycydendron, Gymnanthes, Gymnosparia, Haematospermum, Hendecandra, Hevea, Hieronima, Hieronyma, Hippocrepandra, Homalanthus, Hymenocardia, Janipha, Jatropha, Julocroton, Lasiocroton, Leiocarpus, Leonardia, Lepidanthus, Leucocroton, Mabea, Macaranga, Mallotus, Manihot, Mappa, Maprounea, Melanthesa, Mercurialis, Mettenia, Micrandra, Microdesmis, Microelus, Microstachy, Maocroton, Monadenium, Mozinna, Neoscortechinia, Omalanthus, Omphalea, Ophellantha, Orbicularia, Ostodes, Oxydectes, Palenga, Pantadenia, Paradrypeptes, Pausandra, Pedilanthus, Pera, Peridium, Petalostigma, Phyllanthus, Picrodendro, Pierardia, Pilinophytum, Pimeleodendron, Piranhea, Platygyna, Plukenetia, Podocalyx, Poinsettia, Poraresia, Prosartema, Pseudanthus, Pycnocoma, Quadrasia, Reverchonia, Richeria, Richeriella, Ricinella, Ricinocarpus, Rottlera, Sagotia, Sanwithia, Sapium, Savia, Sclerocroton, Sebastiana, Securinega, Senefeldera, Senefilderopsis, Serophyton, Siphonia, Spathiostemon, Spixia, Stillingia, Strophioblachia, Synadenium, Tetracoccus, Tetraplandra, Tetrorchidium, Thyrsanthera, Tithymalus, Trageia, Trewia, Trigonostemon, Tyria andXylophylla. 62. (amended) A method according to Claim 61 wherein the plant is of the genus Euphorbia. 63. (amended) A method according to Claim 62 wherein the species of Euphorbia is selected from Euphorbia aaron-rossii, Euphorbia abbreviata, Euphorbia acuta, Euphorbia alatocaulis, Euphorbia albicaulis, Euphorbia algomarginata, Euphorbia aliceae, Euphorbia alta, Euphorbia anacampseros, Euphorbia andromedae, Euphorbia angusta, Euphorbia anthonyi, Euphorbia antiguensis, Euphorbia apocynifolia, Euphorbia arabica, Euphorbia ariensis, Euphorbia arizonica, Euphorbia arkansana, Euphorbia arteagae, Euphorbia arundelana, Euphorbia astroites, Euphorbia atrococca, Euphorbia baselicis, Euphorbia batabanensis, Euphorbia bergeri, Euphorbia bermudiana, Euphorbia bicolor, Euphorbia biformis, Euphorbia bifurcata, Euphorbia bilobata, Euphorbia biramensis, Euphorbia biuncialis, Euphorbia blepharostipula, Euphorbia blodgetti, Euphorbia boerhaavioides, Euphorbia boliviana, Euphorbia bracei, Euphorbia brachiata, Euphorbia brachycera, Euphorbia brandegee, Euphorbia brittonii, Euphorbia caesia, Euphorbia calcicola, Euphorbia campestris, Euphorbia candelabrum, Euphorbia capitellata, Euphorbia carmenensis, Euphorbia carunculata, Euphorbia cayensis, Euphorbia celastroides, Euphorbia chalicophila, Euphorbia chamaerrhodos, Euphorbia chamaesula, Euphorbia chiapensis, Euphorbia chiogenoides, Euphorbia cinerascens, Euphorbia clarionensis, Euphorbia colimae, Euphorbia colorata, Euphorbia commutata, Euphorbia consoquitlae, Euphorbia convolvuloides, Euphorbia corallifera, Euphorbia creberrima, Euphorbia crenulata, Euphorbia cubensis, Euphorbia cuspidata, Euphorbia cymbiformis, Euphorbia darlingtonii, Euphorbia defoliata, Euphorbia degeneri, Euphorbia deltoidea, Euphorbia dentata, Euphorbia depressa Euphorbia dictyosperma, Euphorbia dictyosperma, Euphorbia dioeca, Euphorbia discoidalis, Euphorbia dorsiventralis, Euphorbia drumondii, Euphorbia duclouxii, Euphorbia dussii, Euphorbia eanophylla, Euphorbia eggersii, Euphorbia eglandulosa, Euphorbia elata, Euphorbia enalla, Euphorbia eriogonoides, Euphorbia eriophylla, Euphorbia esculaeformis, Euphorbia espirituensis, Euphorbia esula, Euphorbia excisa, Euphorbia exclusa, Euphorbia exstipitata, Euphorbia exstipulata, Euphorbia fendleri, Euphorbia filicaulis, Euphorbia filiformis, Euphorbia florida, Euphorbia fruticulosa, Euphorbia garber, Euphorbia gaumerii, Euphorbia gerardiana, Euphorbia geyeri, Euphorbia glyptosperma, Euphorbia gorgonis, Euphorbia gracilior, Euphorbia gracillima, Euphorbia gradyi, Euphorbia graminea, Euphorbia graminiea Euphorbia grisea, Euphorbia guadalajarana, Euphorbia guanarensis, Euphorbia gymnadenia, Euphorbia haematantha, Euphorbia hedyotoides, Euphorbia heldrichii, Euphorbia helenae, Euphorbia helleri, Euphorbia helwigii, Euphorbia henricksonii, Euphorbia heterophylla, Euphorbia hexagona, Euphorbia hexagonoides, Euphorbia hinkleyorum, Euphorbia hintonii, Euphorbia hirtula, Euphorbia hirta, Euphorbia hooveri, Euphorbia humistrata, Euphorbia hypericifolia, Euphorbia inundata, Euphorbia involuta, Euphorbia jaliscensis, Euphorbia jejuna, Euphorbia Johnston, Euphorbia juttae, Euphorbia knuthii, Euphorbia lasiocarpa, Euphorbia lata, Euphorbia latazi, Euphorbia latericolor, Euphorbia laxiflora Euphorbia lecheoides, Euphorbia ledienii, Euphorbia leucophylla, Euphorbia lineata, Euphorbia linguiformis, Euphorbia longecornuta, Euphorbia longepetiolata, Euphorbia longeramosa, Euphorbia longinsulicola, Euphorbia longipila, Euphorbia lupulina, Euphorbia lurida, Euphorbia lycioides, Euphorbia macropodoides, macvaughiana, Euphorbia manca, Euphorbia mandoniana, Euphorbia mangleti, Euphorbia mango, Euphorbia marylandica, Euphorbia mayana, Euphorbia melanadenia, Euphorbia melanocarpa, Euphorbia meridensis, Euphorbia mertonii, Euphorbia mexiae, Euphorbia microcephala, Euphorbia microclada, Euphorbia micromera, Euphorbia misella, Euphorbia missurica, Euphorbia montana, Euphorbia montereyana, Euphorbia multicaulis, Euphorbia multiformis, Euphorbia multinodis, Euphorbia multiseta, Euphorbia muscicola, Euphorbia neomexicana, Euphorbia nephradenia, Euphorbia niqueroana, Euphorbia oaxacana, Euphorbia occidentalis, Euphorbia odontodenia, Euphorbia olivacea, Euphorbia olowaluana, Euphorbia opthalmica, Euphorbia ovata, Euphorbia pachypoda, Euphorbia pachyrhiza, Euphorbia padifolia, Euphorbia palmeri, Euphorbia paludicola, Euphorbia parciflora, Euphorbia parishii, Euphorbia parryi, Euphorbia poxiana, Euphorbia pediculifera, Euphorbia peplidion, Euphorbia peploides, Euphorbia peplus, Euphorbia pergamena, Euphorbia perlignea, Euphorbia petaloidea, Euphorbia petaloidea, Euphorbia petrina, Euphorbia picachensis, Euphorbia pilosula, Euphorbia pilulifera, Euphorbia pinariona, Euphorbia pinetorum, Euphorbia pionosperma, Euphorbia platysperma, Euphorbia plicata, Euphorbia poeppigii, Euphorbia poliosperma, Euphorbia polycarpa, Euphorbia polycnemoides, Euphorbia polyphylla, Euphorbia portoricensis, Euphorbia portulacoides Euphorbia portulana, Euphorbia preslii, Euphorbia prostrata, Euphorbia pteroneura, Euphorbia pycnanthema, Euphorbia ramosa, Euphorbia rapulum, Euphorbia remyi, Euphorbia retroscabra, Euphorbia revoluta, Euphorbia rivularis, Euphorbia robusta, Euphorbia romosa, Euphorbia rubida, Euphorbia rubrosperma, Euphorbia rupicola, Euphorbia sanmartensis, Euphorbia saxatilis M. Bieb, Euphorbia schizoloba, Euphorbia sclerocyathium, Euphorbia scopulorum, Euphorbia senilis, Euphorbia serpyllifolia, Euphorbia serrula, Euphorbia setiloba Engelm, Euphorbia sonorae, Euphorbia soobyi, Euphorbia sparsiflora, Euphorbia sphaerosperma, Euphorbia syphilitica, Euphorbia spruceana, Euphorbia subcoerulea, Euphorbia stellata, Euphorbia submammilaris, Euphorbia subpeltata, Euphorbia subpubens, Euphorbia subreniforme, Euphorbia subtrifoliata, Euphorbia succedanea, Euphorbia tamaulipasana, Euphorbia telephioides, Euphorbia tenuissima, Euphorbia tetrapora, Euphorbia tirucalli, Euphorbia tomentella, Euphorbia tomentosa, Euphorbia torralbasii, Euphorbia tovariensis, Euphorbia trachysperma, Euphorbia tricolor, Euphorbia troyana, Euphorbia tuerckheimii, Euphorbia turczaninowii, Euphorbia umbellulata, Euphorbia undulata, Euphorbia vermiformis, Euphorbia versicolor, Euphorbia villifera, Euphorbia violacea, Euphorbia whitei, Euphorbia xanti Engelm, Euphorbia xylopoda Greenm., Euphorbia yayalesia Urb., Euphorbia yungasensis, Euphorbia zeravschanica and Euphorbia zinniiflora. 64. (amended) A method according to Claim 63 wherein the species of Euphorbia is Euphorbia peplus. 65. (amended) A method according to Claim 55 wherein the virus is selected from adenoviruses, papovaviruses, heφesviruses: simplex, varicella-zoster, Epstein-Ban, CMV, pox viruses: smallpox, vaccinia, hepatitis B, rhinoviruses, hepatitis A, poliovirus, rubellavirus, hepatitis C, arboviruses, rabiesvirus, influenzaviruses A and B, measlesvirus, mumpsvirus, HIV, HTLV I and II. 66. (amended) A method according to Claim 65 wherein the virus is HIV, HTLV 1 or HTLV II. 67. (amended) A method according to Claim 66 wherein the virus is HIV. 68. (amended) A method according to Claim 65 wherein the virus is Epstein-Ban virus. 69. (amended) A method according to Claim 55 wherein the chemical agent is a jafrophane or a derivative thereof or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of these. 70. (amended) A method according to Claim 69 wherein said derivative is an ester derivative. 71. (amended) A method according to Claim 69 wherein said derivative is an acetylated derivative. 72. (amended) A method according to Claim 55 wherein said chemical agent is a pepluane or a derivative thereof or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of these. 73. (amended) A method according to Claim 72 wherein said derivative is an ester derivative. 74. (amended) A method according to Claim 72 wherein said derivative is an acetylated derivative. 75. (amended) A method according to Claim 55 wherein said chemical agent is a paraliane or a derivative thereof or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of these. 76. (amended) A method according to Claim 75 wherein said derivative is an ester derivative. 77. (amended) A method according to Claim 75 wherein said derivative is an acetylated derivative. 78. (amended) A method according to Claim 55 wherein said compound is an angeloyl- substituted ingenane or a derivative thereof or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of these. 79. (amended) A method according to Claim 78 wherein said derivative is an acetylated derivative. 80. (amended) A method according to Claim 78 wherein said jatrophane is of conformation 2. 81. (amended) A method according to Claim 69 or 72 or 75 or 78 wherein the derivative comprises a substitution as represented in any one of general formulae (I) - (VI). 82. (amended) A method according to Claim 55 wherein said compound is 5,8,9,10,14- pentaacetoxy-3-benzoyloxy-15-hydroxypepluane (pepluane) or a derivative thereof or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of these. 83. (amended) A method according to Claim 82 wherein said derivative is an ester derivative. 84. (amended) A method according to Claim 55 wherein said compound is 2,3,5,7,15- pentaacetoxy-9-nicotinoyloxy-14-oxojafropha-6(17),HE-diene (jatrophane 1) or a derivative thereof or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of these. 85. (amended) A method according to Claim 84 wherein said derivative is an ester derivative. 86. (amended) A method according to Claim 55 wherein said compound is 2,5,7,8,9,14- hexaacetoxy-3-benzoyloxy-15-hydroxy-jatropha-6(17),llE-diene (jafrophane 2) or a derivative thereof or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of these. 87. (amended) A method according to Claim 86 wherein said derivative is an ester derivative. 88. (amended) A method according to Claim 55 wherein said compound is 2,5,14- triacetoxy-3-benzoyloxy-8, 15-dihydroxy-7-isobutyroyloxy-9-nicotinoyloxyj afropha-6(l 7), llE-diene (jatrophane 3) or a derivative thereof or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of these. 89. (amended) A method according to Claim 88 wherein said derivative is an ester derivative. 90. (amended) A method according to Claim 55 wherein said compound is 2,5,9,14- tefraacetoxy-3-benzoyloxy-8,15-dihydroxy-7-isobutyroyloxyjafropha-6(17),ll/i'-diene) (jafrophane 4) or a derivative thereof or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of these. 91. (amended) A method according to Claim 90 wherein said derivative is an ester derivative. 92. (amended) A method according to Claim 55 wherein said compound is 2,5,7,14- tefraacetoxy-3 -b enzoyloxy- 8,15 -dihydroxy-9-nicotinoyloxyj atropha-6( 17), 11 E-diene (jatrophane 5) or a derivative thereof or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of these. 93. (amended) A method according to Claim 92 wherein said derivative is an ester derivative. 94. (amended) A method according to Claim 55 wherein said compound is 2,5,7,9,14- pentaacetoxy-3-benzoyloxy-8,15-dihydroxyjatropha-6(17),l lE-diene (jatrophane 6) or a derivative thereof or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of these. 95. (amended) A method according to Claim 94 wherein said derivative is an ester derivative. 96. (amended) A method according to Claim 55 wherein said compound is 20-O-acetyl- ingenol-3-angelate or a derivative thereof or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of these. 97. (amended) A method according to Claim 96 wherein said derivative is an ester derivative. 98. (amended) A method according to Claim 69 or 72 or 75 or 78 or 82 or 84 or 86 or 88 or 90 or 92 or 94 or 96 wherein said compound is provided in the form of a composition comprising a pharmaceutically- or cosmetically-acceptable carrier. 99. (amended) A method according to Claim 98 wherein said carrier is selected from β- alanine betaine hydrochloride and t-4-hydroxy-N,N-dimethylproline. 100. (amended) Use of a chenmical agent or a derivative or chemical analogue thereof as represented by any one of the general formulae (I) - (IV) in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of a condition associated with the presence of a biological entity or part thereof or toxin or venom therefrom. 101. (amended) A computer program product for assessing the likely usefulness of a candidate compound or group of compounds for freating or preventing infection or colonization or presence of a biological entity in a subject, said product comprising:- (1) code that receives as input index values for at least two features associated with said compound(s), wherein said features are selected from: (a) the ability to modulate PKC activity or effect; (b) the ability to induce bipolar dendritic activity; (c) the ability to be derived from a member of the Euphorbiaceae family; (d) the ability to be derived from E. peplus; (e) the ability to be water extractable from the sap of a Euphorbia species; (f) the ability to activate latent virus; or (g) less tumor promoting capacity than TPA or PMA. (2) code that adds said index values to provide a sum conesponding to a potency value for said compound(s); and (3) a computer readable medium that stores the codes. 102. (amended) A computer for assessing the likely usefulness of a candidate compound or group of compounds for freating or preventing infection or colonization or presence of a biological entity in a subject, wherein said computer comprises:- (1) a machine-readable data storage medium comprising a data storage material encoded with machine-readable data, wherein said machine-readable data comprise index values for at least two features associated with said compound(s), wherein said features are selected from: (a) the ability to modulate PKC activity or effect; (b) the ability to induce bipolar dendritic activity; (c) the ability to be derived from a member of the Euphorbiaceae family; (d) the ability to be derived from E. peplus; (e) the ability to be water extractable from the sap of a Euphorbia species; (f) the ability to activate latent virus; or (g) less tumor promoting capacity than TPA or PMA; (2) a working memory for storing instructions for processing said machine-readable data; (3) a central-processing unit coupled to said working memory and to said machine-readable data storage medium, for processing said machine readable data to provide a sum of said index values corresponding to a potency value for said compound(s); and (4) an output hardware coupled to said central processing unit, for receiving said potency value. 103. (amended) A process for separating macrocyclic diteφenes from a biomass derived from a Euphorbiaceace plant containing same, said process comprising contacting the biomass with an aqueous solvent for a time and under conditions sufficient to exfract the macrocyclic diteφenes into said solvent and adsorbing the macrocyclic diteφenes into a non-ionic adsorbent. 104. (amended) A process according to Claim 103 wherein said Euphorbiaceae plant is a species of the genus Euphorbia. 105. (amended) A process according to Claim 103 or 104 wherein the non-ionic adsorbent is a non-ionic porous synthetic adsorbent. 106. (amended) A process according to Claim 105 wherein the non-ionic porous synthetic adsorbents is selected from aromatic copolymers mainly composed of styrene and divinylbenzene, and methacrylic copolymers mainly composed of monomethacrylate and dimethacrylate. 107. (amended) A process according to Claim 106 wherein the non-ionic porous synthetic adsorbents is selected from Amberlite XAD-2, XAD-4, XAD-7, XAD-8 and XAD-16. 108. (amended) A process according to Claim 103 or 104 further comprising eluting macrocyclic diteφenes from the non-ionic adsorbent with water and water-soluble organic solvent(s). 109. (amended) A process according to Claim 108 wherein the water-soluble organic solvent(s) are selected from alcohols, ethers, ketones, amides and sulfur-containing compounds. 110. (amended) A process according to Claim 108 wherein the water-soluble organic solvent is methanol. 111. (amended) A process according to Claim 103 or 104 further comprising separating compounds on the basis of molecular size and/or polarity. 112. (amended) A process according to Claim 111 wherein said compounds are separated using Sephadex HL-20 resin.

Inventors: AYLWARD JAMES HARRISON, PARSONS PETER GORDON, SUHRBIER ANDREAS, TURNER KATHLEEN ANNE, AYLWARD, JAMES, HARRISON, PARSONS, PETER, GORDON, SUHRBIER, ANDREAS, TURNER, KATHLEEN, ANNE
Applicants: AYLWARD JAMES HARRISON, PARSONS PETER GORDON, PEPLIN RES PTY LTD, SUHRBIER ANDREAS, TURNER KATHLEEN ANNE, AYLWARD, JAMES, HARRISON, PARSONS, PETER, GORDON, PEPLIN RESEARCH PTY. LTD., SUHRBIER, ANDREAS, TURNER, KATHLEEN, ANNE
Application year: 2001
Main classification: A61K35
IPC codes: A61K31, A61K36, A61K47, A61K48, A61P3, A61P7, A61P9, A61P11, A61P17, A61P19, A61P25, A61P29, A61P31, A61P33, A61P35, A61P37, A61P39, A61P43, C07D213